UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 ________________________________
  FORM 10-Q
_ _____________________________
ý
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2016
OR
o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-13941
 ________________________________
  AARON’S, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 _________________________________
Georgia
 
58-0687630
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I. R. S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
400 Galleria Parkway SE, Suite 300
Atlanta, Georgia
 
30339-3194
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
(678) 402-3000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Not Applicable
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
 ___________________________________

Indicate by check mark whether registrant (l) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ý     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ý     No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer
 
ý
 
 
Accelerated Filer
 
o
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Accelerated Filer
 
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller Reporting Company
 
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   o No   ý
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Title of Each Class
 
Shares Outstanding as of
July 29, 2016
Common Stock, $.50 Par Value
 
72,772,614



1


AARON’S, INC.
INDEX
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities
 
 
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
 
 
Item 5. Other Information
 
 
 
 

2


PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AARON’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
June 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
ASSETS:
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
$
242,239

 
$
14,942

Investments
20,863

 
22,226

Accounts Receivable (net of allowances of $33,183 in 2016 and $34,861 in 2015)
84,091

 
113,439

Lease Merchandise (net of accumulated depreciation and allowances of $726,499 in 2016 and $738,657 in 2015)
1,027,635

 
1,138,938

Loans Receivable (net of allowances and unamortized fees of $9,794 in 2016 and $2,971 in 2015)
83,260

 
85,795

Property, Plant and Equipment at Cost (net of accumulated depreciation of $224,643 in 2016 and $222,752 in 2015)
214,623

 
225,836

Goodwill
524,832

 
539,475

Other Intangibles (net of accumulated amortization of $61,798 in 2016 and $48,021 in 2015)
261,111

 
275,912

Income Tax Receivable
14,384

 
179,174

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
68,409

 
59,434

Total Assets
$
2,541,447

 
$
2,655,171

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
 
 
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
$
234,803

 
$
300,356

Accrued Regulatory Expense

 
4,737

Deferred Income Taxes Payable
295,844

 
307,481

Customer Deposits and Advance Payments
57,645

 
69,233

Debt
493,507

 
606,746

Total Liabilities
1,081,799

 
1,288,553

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)


 


Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
 
Common Stock, Par Value $.50 Per Share: Authorized: 225,000,000 Shares at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015; Shares Issued: 90,752,123 at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015
45,376

 
45,376

Additional Paid-in Capital
245,306

 
240,112

Retained Earnings
1,487,672

 
1,403,120

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
169

 
(517
)
 
1,778,523

 
1,688,091

Less: Treasury Shares at Cost
 
 
 
Common Stock: 17,980,470 Shares at June 30, 2016 and 18,151,560 at December 31, 2015
(318,875
)
 
(321,473
)
Total Shareholders’ Equity
1,459,648

 
1,366,618

Total Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity
$
2,541,447

 
$
2,655,171

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements .

3


AARON’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(Unaudited)
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 June 30,
 
Six Months Ended 
 June 30,
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease Revenues and Fees
$
688,677

 
$
660,472

 
$
1,430,288

 
$
1,355,754

Retail Sales
6,460

 
7,073

 
17,415

 
19,067

Non-Retail Sales
72,610

 
84,449

 
151,915

 
180,486

Franchise Royalties and Fees
14,772

 
15,491

 
31,067

 
32,495

Interest and Fees on Loans Receivable
5,302

 

 
10,065

 

Other
1,532

 
1,564

 
3,030

 
3,061

 
789,353

 
769,049

 
1,643,780

 
1,590,863

COSTS AND EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation of Lease Merchandise
321,969

 
294,362

 
670,271

 
610,348

Retail Cost of Sales
3,892

 
4,849

 
10,957

 
12,553

Non-Retail Cost of Sales
63,984

 
76,463

 
135,369

 
163,315

Operating Expenses
330,601

 
325,555

 
679,025

 
653,475

Other Operating Expense (Income), Net
755

 
277

 
(5,974
)
 
(1,183
)
 
721,201

 
701,506

 
1,489,648

 
1,438,508

OPERATING PROFIT
68,152

 
67,543

 
154,132

 
152,355

Interest Income
507

 
792

 
928

 
1,231

Interest Expense
(5,904
)
 
(5,622
)
 
(12,216
)
 
(11,591
)
Other Non-Operating (Expense) Income
(1,631
)
 
1,641

 
(1,992
)
 
189

EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
61,124

 
64,354

 
140,852

 
142,184

INCOME TAXES
22,623

 
23,808

 
52,664

 
52,395

NET EARNINGS
$
38,501

 
$
40,546

 
$
88,188

 
$
89,789

EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
.53

 
$
.56

 
$
1.21

 
$
1.24

Assuming Dilution
$
.53

 
$
.56

 
$
1.20

 
$
1.23

CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
$
.025

 
$
.023

 
$
.050

 
$
.046

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
72,761

 
72,572

 
72,697

 
72,544

Assuming Dilution
73,279

 
72,965

 
73,248

 
72,910

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements .

4


AARON’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Unaudited)
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 June 30,
 
Six Months Ended 
 June 30,
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Net Earnings
$
38,501

 
$
40,546

 
$
88,188

 
$
89,789

Other Comprehensive Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment
93

 
21

 
686

 
24

Total Other Comprehensive Income
93

 
21

 
686

 
24

Comprehensive Income
$
38,594

 
$
40,567

 
$
88,874

 
$
89,813

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements .


5


AARON’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
 
 
Six Months Ended 
 June 30,
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Net Earnings
$
88,188

 
$
89,789

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Earnings to Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
 
 
 
Depreciation of Lease Merchandise
670,271

 
610,348

Other Depreciation and Amortization
40,956

 
39,756

Accounts Receivable Provision
74,968

 
67,794

Provision for Credit Losses on Loans Receivable
4,211

 

Stock-Based Compensation
10,446

 
6,725

Deferred Income Taxes
(9,522
)
 
(70,748
)
Other Changes, Net
(4,946
)
 
(2,825
)
Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities, Net of Effects of Acquisitions and Dispositions:
 
 
 
Additions to Lease Merchandise
(789,768
)
 
(801,620
)
Book Value of Lease Merchandise Sold or Disposed
210,547

 
236,750

Accounts Receivable
(45,475
)
 
(56,856
)
Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
(6,435
)
 
(898
)
Income Tax Receivable
164,790

 
112,405

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
(68,409
)
 
3,788

Accrued Regulatory Expense
(4,737
)
 
(9,700
)
Customer Deposits and Advance Payments
(10,746
)
 
(5,361
)
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
324,339

 
219,347

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Investments in Loans Receivable
(36,500
)
 

Proceeds from Loans Receivable
35,236

 

Additions to Property, Plant and Equipment
(30,955
)
 
(21,821
)
Proceeds from Sale of Property, Plant and Equipment
18,457

 
2,719

Acquisitions of Businesses and Contracts
(332
)
 
(9,274
)
Proceeds from Dispositions of Businesses and Contracts
34,968

 
8,330

Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities
20,874

 
(20,046
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
Proceeds from Debt
90,678

 
30,150

Repayments on Debt
(204,512
)
 
(141,374
)
Dividends Paid
(3,636
)
 
(1,668
)
Excess Tax Benefits from Stock-Based Compensation
(694
)
 
274

Issuance of Stock Under Stock Option Plans
248

 
912

Cash Used in Financing Activities
(117,916
)
 
(111,706
)
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
227,297

 
87,595

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
14,942

 
3,549

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
$
242,239

 
$
91,144

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements .

6


AARON’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1.
BASIS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Description of Business
Aaron’s, Inc. (the "Company" or "Aaron’s") is a leader in the sales and lease ownership and specialty retailing of furniture, consumer electronics, computers, and home appliances and accessories throughout the United States and Canada.
As of June 30, 2016 , the Company's major operating divisions are the Aaron’s Sales & Lease Ownership division (established as a monthly payment concept), Progressive, DAMI and Woodhaven Furniture Industries, which manufactures and supplies the majority of the upholstered furniture and bedding leased and sold in Company-operated and franchised stores. On May 13, 2016 , the Company sold its 82 remaining Company-operated HomeSmart stores and ceased operations of that division.
Progressive is a leading virtual lease-to-own company that provides lease-purchase solutions in 46 states. It does so by purchasing merchandise from third-party retailers desired by those retailers’ customers and, in turn, leasing that merchandise to the customers on a lease-to-own basis. Progressive consequently has no stores of its own, but rather offers lease-purchase solutions to the customers of traditional retailers. DAMI, which was acquired by Progressive on October 15, 2015, partners with merchants to provide a variety of revolving credit products originated through a federally insured bank to customers that may not qualify for traditional prime lending (called "second-look" financing programs).
The following table presents store count by ownership type for the Company's store-based operations:
Stores as of June 30 (Unaudited)
2016
 
2015
Company-operated stores
 
 
 
Sales and Lease Ownership
1,221

 
1,211

HomeSmart

 
83

Total Company-operated stores
1,221

 
1,294

Franchised stores
722

 
786

Systemwide stores
1,943

 
2,080

The following table presents active doors for Progressive:
Active Doors at June 30 (Unaudited)
2016
 
2015
Progressive Active Doors 1
13,930

 
11,749

1 An active door is a retail store location at which at least one virtual lease-to-own transaction has been completed during the trailing three month period.
Basis of Presentation
The preparation of the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") for interim financial information requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Generally, actual experience has been consistent with management’s prior estimates and assumptions. Management does not believe these estimates or assumptions will change significantly in the future absent unidentified and unforeseen events.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all information required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the " 2015 Annual Report"). The results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of operating results for the full year.

7


Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior periods to conform to the current period presentation.
During the quarter, management of the Company changed its internal segment measure of profit and loss for the Sales and Lease Ownership and HomeSmart segments to be on an accrual basis rather than on a cash basis. Refer to Note 7 for more information on the Company's segments.
Principles of Consolidation
The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aaron’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries, each of which is wholly owned. Intercompany balances and transactions between consolidated entities have been eliminated.
Accounting Policies and Estimates
See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Annual Report.
Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The computation of earnings per share assuming dilution includes the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock units and performance share units (collectively, "share-based awards") as determined under the treasury stock method. The following table shows the calculation of dilutive share-based awards for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 :
 
Three Months Ended 
 June 30,
 
Six Months Ended 
 June 30,
(Shares In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Weighted average shares outstanding
72,761

 
72,572

 
72,697

 
72,544

Dilutive effect of share-based awards
518

 
393

 
551

 
366

Weighted average shares outstanding assuming dilution
73,279

 
72,965

 
73,248

 
72,910

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2016 , there were approximately 1,265,000 and 1,057,000 weighted-average share-based awards, respectively, excluded from the computation for earnings per share assuming dilution because the awards would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented.
During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 , there were approximately 545,000 and 507,000 weighted-average share-based awards, respectively, excluded from the computation for earnings per share assuming dilution because the awards would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented.
Investments
At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , investments classified as held-to-maturity securities consisted of British pound-denominated notes issued by Perfect Home Holdings Limited ("Perfect Home"). Perfect Home is based in the U.K. and operates 69 retail stores as of June 30, 2016 . The Perfect Home notes, which totaled £15.7 million ( $20.9 million ) and £15.1 million ( $22.2 million ) at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively, are classified as held-to-maturity securities because the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the investments to maturity. The Perfect Home notes are carried at amortized cost in investments in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company is in discussions with the owners of Perfect Home to, among other things, extend the maturity date of the notes at market terms.
The Company does not intend to sell the aforementioned held-to-maturity securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases. The Company has estimated that the carrying amount of its Perfect Home notes approximates fair value and, therefore, no impairment is considered to have occurred as of June 30, 2016 .
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consist primarily of receivables due from customers of Company-operated stores and Progressive, corporate receivables incurred during the normal course of business (primarily for in-transit credit card transactions and vendor consideration) and franchisee obligations.

8


Accounts receivable, net of allowances, consist of the following:  
(In Thousands)
June 30, 2016

December 31, 2015
Customers
$
36,723

 
$
35,153

Corporate
18,020

 
26,175

Franchisee
29,348

 
52,111

 
$
84,091

 
$
113,439

The following table shows the components of the accounts receivable provision for the six months ended June 30 :
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
Bad debt expense
$
56,210

 
$
49,191

Provision for returns and uncollected renewal payments
18,758

 
18,603

Accounts receivable provision
$
74,968

 
$
67,794

Refer to Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Annual Report for information on the Company's accounting policy for the accounts receivable provision.
Lease Merchandise
All lease merchandise is available for lease or sale. On a monthly basis, all damaged, lost or unsalable merchandise identified is written off. The Company records lease merchandise adjustments on the allowance method, which estimates the merchandise losses incurred but not yet identified by management as of the end of the accounting period based on historical write-off experience. As of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , the allowance for lease merchandise write-offs was $32.1 million and $33.4 million , respectively.
Lease merchandise adjustments totaled $28.1 million and $30.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, and $62.0 million and $59.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Lease merchandise adjustments are included in operating expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
Loans Receivable, Net
Loans receivable, net represents the principal balances of credit card charges at DAMI's participating merchants that remain outstanding to cardholders, plus unpaid interest and fees due from cardholders, net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts and unamortized fees (which include merchant fees, net of capitalized origination costs, promotional fees and deferred annual card fees).
The Company acquired outstanding credit card loans in the October 15, 2015 DAMI acquisition (the "Acquired Loans"). Loans acquired in a business acquisition are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. The projected net cash flows from expected payments of principal, interest, fees and servicing costs and anticipated charge-offs are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan losses and an amount for unamortized fees are not recognized for the Acquired Loans. The difference, or discount, between the expected cash flows to be received and the fair value of the Acquired Loans is accreted to revenue based on the effective interest method. At each period end, the Company evaluates the appropriateness of the accretable discount on the Acquired Loans based on actual and revised projected future cash receipts.
Assets Held for Sale
Certain properties, consisting of parcels of land and commercial buildings, met the held for sale classification criteria as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 . Assets held for sale are classified within prepaid expenses and other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. After adjustment to fair value, the carrying amount of the properties held for sale as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is $9.3 million and $7.0 million , respectively.
On January 29, 2016 , the Company sold its Corporate headquarters building for cash of $13.6 million , resulting in a gain of $11.1 million , which was recorded to other operating expense (income), net in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.

9


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are as follows:
(In Thousands)
Foreign Currency
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2016
$
(517
)
 
$
(517
)
Other comprehensive income
686

 
686

Balance at June 30, 2016
$
169

 
$
169

There were no reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2016 .
Fair Value Measurement
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:
Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.
Level 2—Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3—Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting the Company's own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.
The Company measures assets held for sale at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and records impairment charges when they are deemed to be impaired. The Company maintains certain financial assets and liabilities, including investments and fixed-rate long-term debt, that are not measured at fair value but for which fair value is disclosed.
The fair values of the Company’s other current financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate their carrying values due to their short-term nature. The fair value for the loans receivable and the revolving credit borrowings also approximate their carrying amounts.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Adopted
Debt Issuance Costs . In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , which requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability rather than as a separate asset. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this ASU retrospectively in the first quarter of 2016 and as a result debt issuance costs of $3.7 million at December 31, 2015 , previously recognized as an asset in prepaid expenses and other assets, are now classified as a direct deduction from debt in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of that date.
Measurement-Period Adjustments . In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement that an acquirer in a business combination account for a measurement-period adjustment retrospectively. Instead, acquirers must recognize measurement-period adjustments during the period in which they determine the adjustment amounts. The adjustment amounts must include the effect on earnings of any amounts the acquirer would have recorded in previous periods if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2015-16 is applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date. That is, ASU 2015-16 applies to open measurement periods, regardless of the acquisition date. The Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2016 and applied it to the measurement period adjustments related to the DAMI acquisition. See Note 2 for more information.

10


Pending adoption
Revenue Recognition.  In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2014-09 replaces substantially all existing revenue recognition guidance with a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers at the amount to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt ASU 2014-09, and, as a result of a subsequent update, it will be effective in annual reporting periods, and interim periods within that period, beginning after December 15, 2017. In 2016, the FASB issued additional updates to the revenue recognition guidance in ASU 2014-09 related to principal versus agent assessments, identifying performance obligations, the accounting for licenses, and certain narrow scope improvements and practical expedients. The Company has not yet determined the potential effects of adopting ASU 2014-09 and any related updates on its consolidated financial statements. The Company plans to complete its initial assessment of how it will be affected by this standard and any related updates in the second half of 2016.
Leases. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases , which would require lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for most leases and would change certain aspects of today’s lessor accounting, among other things. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. Companies must use a modified retrospective approach to adopt ASU 2016-02. The Company has not yet determined the potential effects of adopting ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.
Share-Based Payments. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . The objective of the update is to simplify the accounting for employee share-based awards by, among other things, requiring companies to recognize the income tax effects of awards in earnings when they vest or are settled, providing companies with an option to recognize forfeitures in earnings as they occur, and clarifying certain guidance on classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification of tax payment activity on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of this standard will be material to its consolidated financial statements.
Financial Instruments - Credit Losses . In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The main objective of the update is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by companies at each reporting date. For trade and other receivables, held to maturity debt securities and other instruments, companies will be required to use a new forward-looking "expected losses" model that generally will result in the recognition of allowances for losses earlier than under current accounting guidance. The standard will be adopted on a prospective basis with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company has not yet determined the potential effects of adopting ASU 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements.

11


NOTE 2. ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , net cash payments related to the acquisitions of businesses, including contracts, were $332,000 and $9.3 million , respectively. The effect of these acquisitions on the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was not significant.
DAMI Acquisition
On October 15, 2015 , the Company acquired a 100% ownership interest in DAMI for a total purchase price of $54.9 million , inclusive of cash acquired of $4.2 million . The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date, as well as adjustments made during the six months ended June 30, 2016 (referred to as the "measurement period adjustments"). The measurement period adjustments did not have a significant effect on the condensed consolidated financial statements.
(In Thousands)
Amounts Recognized as of Acquisition Date 1
 
Measurement Period Adjustments 2
 
Amounts Recognized as of Acquisition Date (as adjusted)
Purchase Price
$
54,900

 
$

 
$
54,900

 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value of Identifiable Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
Cash and Cash Equivalents
4,185

 

 
4,185

Loans Receivable 3
89,186

 
(60
)
 
89,126

Receivables
45

 

 
45

Property, Plant and Equipment
2,754

 

 
2,754

Other Intangibles
3,400

 
(500
)
 
2,900

Income Tax Receivable
728

 

 
728

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
671

 

 
671

Deferred Income Tax Assets
375

 
2,115

 
2,490

Total Identifiable Assets Acquired
101,344

 
1,555

 
102,899

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
(1,709
)
 
(1,265
)
 
(2,974
)
Debt
(45,025
)
 

 
(45,025
)
Total Liabilities Assumed
(46,734
)
 
(1,265
)
 
(47,999
)
Goodwill
290

 
(290
)
 

Net Assets Acquired
$
54,900

 
$

 
$
54,900

1 As previously reported in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.
2 The measurement period adjustments primarily relate to the resolution of certain income tax-related matters and contingencies that existed as of the acquisition date.
3 Contractually required amounts due at the acquisition date were $94.2 million .
The preliminary acquisition accounting presented above is subject to further refinement. The Company is still finalizing certain working capital adjustments with the sellers and gathering information on certain contingencies that existed at the acquisition date. Estimates for affected items have been included in the acquisition accounting and are expected to be finalized prior to the one year anniversary date of the acquisition.
HomeSmart Disposition
On May 13, 2016 , the Company sold its 82 remaining Company-operated HomeSmart stores and ceased operations of that division. During the six months ended June 30, 2016 , the Company recognized a loss of $4.2 million on the disposition which is recorded in other operating expense (income), net in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings. The sale does not represent a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results and therefore the HomeSmart segment has not been classified as discontinued operations. The Company recorded additional charges of $1.4 million related to exiting the HomeSmart business, primarily consisting of impairment charges on certain assets related to the division that will be sold in the near future.

12


NOTE 3.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The following table summarizes financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:  
(In Thousands)
June 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Deferred Compensation Liability
$

 
$
(11,929
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(11,576
)
 
$

The Company maintains the Aaron’s, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, which is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of management, highly compensated employees and non-employee directors. The liability representing benefits accrued for plan participants is valued at the quoted market prices of the participants’ investment elections, which consist of equity and debt "mirror" funds. As such, the Company has classified the deferred compensation liability as a Level 2 liability.
Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The following table summarizes non-financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:  
(In Thousands)
June 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Assets Held for Sale
$

 
$
9,335

 
$

 
$

 
$
6,976

 
$

Assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are adjusted to fair value less estimated costs to sell, and the adjustment is recorded in other operating expense (income), net in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
The highest and best use of the assets held for sale is as real estate land parcels for development or real estate properties for use or lease; however, the Company has chosen not to develop or use these properties. The Company estimated the fair values of real estate properties using the market values for similar properties.
Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value
The following table summarizes the fair value of assets (liabilities) that are not measured at fair value in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, but for which the fair value is disclosed:  
(In Thousands)
June 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Perfect Home Notes 1
$

 
$

 
$
20,863

 
$

 
$

 
$
22,226

Fixed-Rate Long-Term Debt 2

 
(371,762
)
 

 

 
(395,618
)
 

1  
The Perfect Home notes were initially measured at cost. The Company periodically reviews the carrying amount utilizing company-specific transactions or changes in Perfect Home’s financial performance to determine if fair value adjustments are necessary.
2  
The fair value of fixed-rate long-term debt is estimated using the present value of underlying cash flows discounted at a current market yield for similar instruments. The carrying amount of fixed-rate long-term debt was $350.0 million and $375.0 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.

13


NOTE 4. LOANS RECEIVABLE
The following is a summary of the Company’s loans receivable, net:
(In Thousands)
 
June 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Credit Card Loans
 
$
44,806

 
$
13,900

Acquired Loans
 
48,248

 
74,866

Loans Receivable, Gross
 
93,054

 
88,766

 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
(4,096
)
 
(937
)
Unamortized Fees
 
(5,698
)
 
(2,034
)
Loans Receivable, Net
 
$
83,260

 
$
85,795

The following table summarizes the aging of the Company’s finance receivables portfolio, including delinquency percentage rates. A cardholder account is measured as past due when a current account’s minimum payment due has been outstanding for 30 days or longer. The aging is based on the contractual amounts outstanding for each loan as of period end, and does not reflect the fair value of the Acquired Loans.
Aging Category
 
June 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
30-59 days past due
 
7.2
%
 
7.9
%
60-89 days past due
 
3.1
%
 
3.3
%
90 or more days past due
 
3.9
%
 
4.1
%
Past due loans receivable
 
14.2
%
 
15.3
%
Current loans receivable
 
85.8
%
 
84.7
%
Balance of loans receivable 90 or more days past due and still accruing interest and fees
 
$

 
$

NOTE 5. INDEBTEDNESS
On June 30, 2016, DAMI, and HC Recovery, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of DAMI, entered into the twelfth amendment (the "Twelfth Amendment") to the 2011 loan and security agreement assumed by the Company in the October 2015 acquisition of DAMI (the "DAMI credit facility"). The Twelfth Amendment amends the DAMI credit facility to, among other things, (i) remove the financial covenant that requires DAMI to maintain a certain EBITDA ratio, (ii) include a financial covenant that requires DAMI to meet certain trailing twelve month and fiscal quarter EBITDA thresholds, (iii) include a minimum tangible net worth requirement for DAMI, and (iv) include a financial covenant that DAMI shall maintain a monthly Cash Collection Percentage (as defined in the DAMI credit facility) of greater than or equal to 5.0% . The Twelfth Amendment also amends the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" in the DAMI credit facility to include non-interest bearing debt owed to the Company and certain of its affiliates under certain circumstances.
As amended, borrowings under the DAMI credit facility bear interest at 4.375% plus one-month LIBOR, provided that the applicable margin will increase by 0.25% if Monthly Excess Availability (as defined in the DAMI credit facility) is less than 20% .
See further discussion of Company indebtedness in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Annual Report.
NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Guarantees
The Company has guaranteed certain debt obligations of some of its franchisees under a franchisee loan program with several banks. In the event these franchisees are unable to meet their debt service payments or otherwise experience an event of default, the Company would be unconditionally liable for the outstanding balance of the franchisees’ debt obligations under the franchisee loan program, which would be due in full within 90 days of the event of default. At June 30, 2016 , the maximum amount that the Company would be obligated to repay in the event franchisees defaulted was $71.2 million . The Company has recourse rights to franchisee assets securing the debt obligations, which consist primarily of lease merchandise and fixed assets. Since the inception of the franchise loan program in 1994, the Company has had no significant associated losses. The Company believes the likelihood of any significant amounts being funded in connection with these commitments to be remote. The

14


carrying amount of the franchisee-related borrowings guarantee, which is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, is approximately $1.2 million as of June 30, 2016 .
The maximum facility commitment amount under the franchisee loan program is $175.0 million , including a Canadian subfacility commitment amount for loans to franchisees that operate stores in Canada (other than the province of Quebec) of Cdn $50.0 million . The Company remains subject to the financial covenants under the franchisee loan facility.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company is party to various legal and regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.
Some of the proceedings to which the Company is currently a party are described below. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to all of the claims described below, and intends to vigorously defend against the claims. However, these proceedings are still developing and due to the inherent uncertainty in litigation, regulatory and similar adversarial proceedings, there can be no guarantee that the Company will ultimately be successful in these proceedings, or in others to which it is currently a party. Substantial losses from these proceedings or the costs of defending them could have a material adverse impact upon the Company's business, financial position and results of operations.
The Company establishes an accrued liability for legal and regulatory proceedings when it determines that a loss is both probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company continually monitors its litigation and regulatory exposure and reviews the adequacy of its legal and regulatory reserves on a quarterly basis. The amount of any loss ultimately incurred in relation to matters for which an accrual has been established may be higher or lower than the amounts accrued for such matters.
At June 30, 2016 , the Company had accrued $5.1 million for pending legal and regulatory matters for which it believes losses are probable, which is the Company's best estimate of its exposure to loss. The Company estimates that the aggregate range of reasonably possible loss in excess of accrued liabilities for such probable loss contingencies is between $0 and $3.5 million .
At June 30, 2016 , the Company estimated that the aggregate range of loss for all material pending legal and regulatory proceedings for which a loss is reasonably possible, but less likely than probable (i.e., excluding the contingencies described in the preceding paragraph), is between $479,000 and $2.5 million . Those matters for which a reasonable estimate is not possible are not included within estimated ranges and, therefore, the estimated ranges do not represent the Company's maximum loss exposure. The Company’s estimates for legal and regulatory accruals, aggregate probable loss amounts and reasonably possible loss amounts are all subject to the uncertainties and variables described above.
Consumer
In Margaret Korrow, et al. v. Aaron's, Inc., originally filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Middlesex County, Law Division on October 26, 2010, plaintiff filed suit on behalf of herself and others similarly situated alleging that the Company is liable in damages to plaintiff and each class member because the Company's lease agreements issued after March 16, 2006 purportedly violated certain New Jersey state consumer statutes. Plaintiff's complaint seeks treble damages under the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, and statutory penalty damages of $100 per violation of all contracts issued in New Jersey, and also claims that there are multiple violations per contract. The Company removed the lawsuit to the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey on December 6, 2010 (Civil Action No.: 10-06317(JAP)(LHG)). Plaintiff on behalf of herself and others similarly situated seeks equitable relief, statutory and treble damages, pre- and post-judgment interest and attorneys' fees. On July 31, 2013, the Court certified a class comprising all persons who entered into a rent-to-own contract with the Company in New Jersey from March 16, 2006 through March 31, 2011. In August 2013, the Court of Appeals denied the Company’s request for an interlocutory appeal of the class certification issue. On October 4, 2013, the Company also filed a motion to allow counterclaims against all newly certified class members who may owe legitimate fees or damages to the Company or who failed to return merchandise to the Company prior to obtaining ownership. On August 14, 2015, the Company filed a motion for partial summary judgment seeking judicial dismissal of a portion of the claims in the case. The motion filed October 4, 2013 to allow counterclaims was denied by the magistrate judge on June 30, 2014, and that decision was confirmed by the District Court on November 30, 2015. On December 23, 2015, the Company filed a motion with the District Court requesting permission for an interlocutory appeal of the denial of the motion to add counterclaims, which also remains pending. On February 23, 2016, the Court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion for partial summary judgment filed August 14, 2015, dismissing plaintiff’s claims that the pro-rate violated the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, but denying summary judgment on the claim that Aaron’s Service Plus violated the same act. On March 7, 2016, the Company moved for limited reconsideration of that ruling. On March 24, 2016, plaintiff filed a motion for approval of issuance of class notice. The Company has filed a motion requesting a stay on issuance of class notice pending the ruling on the request for limited reconsideration of the partial summary judgment ruling and the request for interlocutory review of the denial of the motion to

15


add counterclaims filed on December 23, 2015. Those motions remain pending, but the Court has allowed limited pre-notice class discovery to proceed.
Privacy and Related Matters
In Crystal and Brian Byrd v. Aaron's, Inc., Aspen Way Enterprises, Inc., John Does (1-100) Aaron's Franchisees and Designerware, LLC, filed on May 16, 2011, in the United States District Court, Western District of Pennsylvania (Case No. 1:11-CV-00101-SPB), plaintiffs alleged that the Company and its independently owned and operated franchisee Aspen Way Enterprises ("Aspen Way") knowingly violated plaintiffs' privacy in violation of the Electronic Communications Privacy Act ("ECPA") and the Computer Fraud Abuse Act and sought certification of a putative nationwide class. Plaintiffs based these claims on Aspen Way's use of a software program called "PC Rental Agent." Although the District Court dismissed the Company from the original lawsuit on March 20, 2012, after certain procedural motions, on May 23, 2013, the Court granted plaintiffs' motion for leave to file a third amended complaint, which asserted the claims under the ECPA, common law invasion of privacy, added a request for injunction, and named additional independently owned and operated Company franchisees as defendants. Plaintiffs filed the third amended complaint, and the Company moved to dismiss that complaint on substantially the same grounds as it sought to dismiss plaintiffs' prior complaints. Plaintiffs seek monetary damages as well as injunctive relief.
Plaintiffs filed their motion for class certification on July 1, 2013, and the Company's response was filed in August 2013. On March 31, 2014, the United States District Judge dismissed all claims against all franchisees other than Aspen Way Enterprises, LLC. The Court also dismissed claims for invasion of privacy, aiding and abetting, and conspiracy against all defendants. In addition, the Court denied the plaintiffs’ motion to certify the class. Finally, the Judge denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the violation of ECPA claims. Plaintiffs requested and received immediate appellate review of these rulings by the United States Third Circuit Court of Appeals. On April 10, 2015, the Court of Appeals reversed the denial of class certification on the grounds stated by the District Court, and remanded the case back to the District Court for further consideration of that and the other elements necessary for class certification. The District Court has not issued a new ruling on those matters.
In Michael Winslow and Fonda Winslow v. Sultan Financial Corporation, Aaron's, Inc., John Does (1-10), Aaron's Franchisees and Designerware, LLC, filed on March 5, 2013 in the Los Angeles Superior Court (Case No. BC502304), plaintiffs assert claims against the Company and its independently owned and operated franchisee, Sultan Financial Corporation (as well as certain John Doe franchisees), for unauthorized wiretapping, eavesdropping, electronic stalking, and violation of California's Comprehensive Computer Data Access and Fraud Act and its Unfair Competition Law. Each of these claims arises out of the alleged use of PC Rental Agent software. The plaintiffs are seeking injunctive relief and damages in connection with the allegations of the complaint. Plaintiffs are also seeking certification of a putative California class. Plaintiffs are represented by the same counsel as in the above-described Byrd litigation. In April 2013, the Company timely removed this matter to federal court. On May 8, 2013, the Company filed a motion to stay this litigation pending resolution of the Byrd litigation, a motion to dismiss for failure to state a claim, and a motion to strike certain allegations in the complaint. The Court subsequently stayed the case. The Company's motions to dismiss and strike certain allegations remain pending. On June 6, 2015, the plaintiffs filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on July 11, 2015.
In Lomi Price v. Aaron's, Inc. and NW Freedom Corporation , filed on February 27, 2013, in the State Court of Fulton County, Georgia (Case No. 13-EV-016812B), an individual plaintiff asserts claims against the Company and its independently owned and operated franchisee, NW Freedom Corporation, for invasion of privacy/intrusion on seclusion, computer invasion of privacy and infliction of emotional distress. Each of these claims arises out of the alleged use of PC Rental Agent software.  The plaintiff is seeking compensatory and punitive damages of not less than $250,000 . On April 3, 2013, the Company filed an answer and affirmative defenses. On that same day, the Company also filed a motion to stay the litigation pending resolution of the Byrd litigation, a motion to dismiss for failure to state a claim and a motion to strike certain allegations in the complaint. The Court stayed the proceeding pending rulings on certain motions in the Byrd case, which expired upon remand of the case back to the District Court. On April 24, 2015, the Company filed a renewed motion to stay, which was granted on June 15, 2015.
In Michael Peterson v. Aaron’s, Inc. and Aspen Way Enterprises, Inc. , filed on June 19, 2014, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia (Case No. 1:14-cv-01919-TWT), several plaintiffs allege that they leased computers for use in their law practice. The plaintiffs claim that the Company and Aspen Way knowingly violated plaintiffs' privacy and the privacy of plaintiffs' legal clients in violation of the ECPA and the Computer Fraud Abuse Act. Plaintiffs seek certification of a putative nationwide class. Plaintiffs based these claims on Aspen Way's use of PC Rental Agent software. The plaintiffs claim that information and data obtained by defendants through PC Rental Agent was attorney-client privileged. The Company filed a motion to dismiss plaintiffs' amended complaint. On June 4, 2015, the Court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss all claims except a claim for aiding and abetting invasion of privacy. Plaintiffs then filed a second amended complaint alleging only the invasion of privacy claims that survived the June 4, 2015 court order, and adding a claim for unjust enrichment. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint, and on September 16, 2015, the Court granted the

16


Company’s motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ unjust enrichment claim. The only remaining claim against the Company is a claim for aiding and abetting invasion of privacy. Plaintiffs filed their motion for class certification on March 18, 2016. The Company responded in opposition to that motion, which remains pending.
Regulatory Investigations
California Attorney General Investigation. The California Attorney General investigated the Company's retail transactional practices, including various leasing and marketing practices, information security and privacy policies and practices related to the alleged use of PC Rental Agent software by certain independently owned and operated Company franchisees. The Company reached a comprehensive resolution of this matter without litigation. The final settlement and consent order were announced on October 13, 2014. The Court filed the final judgment on February 10, 2015. The final payment as scheduled under the consent order was made on January 6, 2016.
Other Matters
In Foster v. Aaron’s, Inc., filed on August 21, 2015, in the United States District Court in Phoenix, Arizona (No. CV-15-1637-PHX-SRB), the plaintiff in this putative class action alleges that the Company violated the Telephone Consumer Protection Act ("TCPA") by placing automated calls to customer references, or otherwise violated the TCPA in the manner in which the Company contacts customer references. The Company's initial responsive pleading was filed on October 7, 2015. A Scheduling Order was entered on January 26, 2016.
Other Contingencies
The Company is a party to various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management regularly assesses the Company’s insurance deductibles, monitors the Company's litigation and regulatory exposure with the Company's attorneys and evaluates its loss experience. The Company also enters into various contracts in the normal course of business that may subject it to risk of financial loss if counterparties fail to perform their contractual obligations.
Unfunded Lending Commitments
The Company, through its DAMI business, has unfunded lending commitments totaling approximately $390.5 million and $378.7 million as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively. These unfunded commitments arise in the ordinary course of business from credit card agreements with individual cardholders that give them the ability to borrow, against unused amounts, up to the maximum credit limit assigned to their account. While these unfunded amounts represented the total available unused lines of credit, the Company does not anticipate that all cardholders will utilize their entire available line at any given point in time. Commitments to extend unsecured credit are agreements to lend to a cardholder so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The reserve for unfunded loan commitments, which is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses, is approximately $505,000 as of June 30, 2016 .
See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Annual Report for further information.
NOTE 7. SEGMENTS
As of June 30, 2016 , the Company had five operating and reportable segments: Sales and Lease Ownership, Progressive, DAMI, Franchise and Manufacturing. On May 13, 2016 , the Company sold its 82 remaining Company-operated HomeSmart stores and ceased operations of that division. The results of DAMI have been included in the Company's consolidated results and presented as a reportable segment from its October 15, 2015 acquisition date.
The Aaron’s Sales & Lease Ownership division offers furniture, electronics, appliances and computers to consumers primarily on a monthly payment basis with no credit needed. Progressive is a leading virtual lease-to-own company that provides lease-purchase solutions on a variety of products, including furniture and bedding, consumer electronics, appliances and jewelry. The HomeSmart division, prior to its disposition, offered furniture, electronics, appliances and computers to customers primarily on a weekly payment basis with no credit needed. DAMI offers a variety of second-look financing programs originated through a federally insured bank to customers of participating merchants and, together with Progressive, allows the Company to provide retail partners one source for financing and leasing transactions with below prime customers. The Franchise operation awards franchises and supports franchisees of its sales and lease ownership concept. The Manufacturing segment manufactures upholstered furniture and bedding predominantly for use by Company-operated and franchised stores. Therefore, the Manufacturing segment's revenues and earnings before income taxes are primarily the result of intercompany transactions, substantially all of which are eliminated through the elimination of intersegment revenues and intersegment profit or loss. 

17


During the quarter, management of the Company changed its internal segment measure of profit and loss for the Sales and Lease Ownership and HomeSmart segments to be on an accrual basis rather than on a cash basis. The Company retroactively adjusted Revenues of Reportable Segments and Earnings Before Income Taxes for Reportable Segments disclosed in the tables below to conform to this change.
 
Three Months Ended 
 June 30,
 
Six Months Ended 
 June 30,
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues From External Customers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Lease Ownership
$
461,464

 
$
481,208

 
$
968,915

 
$
1,016,739

Progressive
298,574

 
255,946

 
605,239

 
507,565

HomeSmart
7,544

 
15,541

 
25,392

 
32,316

DAMI 1
5,302

 

 
10,065

 

Franchise
14,772

 
15,491

 
31,067

 
32,495

Manufacturing
21,590

 
25,228

 
46,513

 
54,034

Other
353

 
327

 
637

 
695

Revenues of Reportable Segments
809,599

 
793,741

 
1,687,828

 
1,643,844

Elimination of Intersegment Revenues
(20,246
)
 
(24,692
)
 
(44,048
)
 
(52,981
)
Total Revenues from External Customers
$
789,353

 
$
769,049

 
$
1,643,780

 
$
1,590,863

Earnings (Loss) Before Income Taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Lease Ownership
$
38,947

 
$
40,690

 
$
95,525

 
$
99,731

Progressive
29,083

 
23,314

 
50,997

 
39,144

HomeSmart 2
(694
)
 
48

 
(3,653
)
 
574

DAMI
(2,280
)
 

 
(5,162
)
 

Franchise
11,781

 
11,993

 
24,900

 
25,891

Manufacturing
536

 
376

 
1,404

 
1,658

Other 3
(15,816
)
 
(11,669
)
 
(21,971
)
 
(23,148
)
Earnings Before Income Taxes for Reportable Segments
61,557

 
64,752

 
142,040

 
143,850

Elimination of Intersegment Profit
(433
)
 
(398
)
 
(1,188
)
 
(1,666
)
Total Earnings Before Income Taxes
$
61,124

 
$
64,354

 
$
140,852

 
$
142,184

1 Represents interest and fees on loans receivable, and excludes the effect of interest expense.
2 HomeSmart earnings before income taxes includes a loss on the sale of HomeSmart of $4.2 million and additional charges of $1.4 million related to exiting the HomeSmart business during the six months ended June 30, 2016 , of which $1.0 million was incurred during the three months ended June 30, 2016 .
3 Earnings before income taxes for the Other category during the the six months ended June 30, 2016 includes a gain of $11.1 million on the January 29, 2016 sale of the Company's corporate office building .
The pre-tax losses or earnings in the Other category generally are the result of corporate overhead not allocated to the reportable segments for management purposes.
(In Thousands)
June 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Assets:
 
 
 
Sales and Lease Ownership
$
1,187,749

 
$
1,261,040

Progressive
877,413

 
878,457

HomeSmart

 
44,429

DAMI
93,576

 
97,486

Franchise
31,582

 
53,693

Manufacturing 1
28,529

 
28,986

Other
322,598

 
291,080

Total Assets
$
2,541,447

 
$
2,655,171


18


1  
Includes inventory (principally raw materials and work-in-process) that has been classified within lease merchandise in the condensed consolidated balance sheets of $19.4 million as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 .
The Company determines earnings (loss) before income taxes for all reportable segments in accordance with U.S. GAAP with the following adjustments:
Generally a predetermined amount of each reportable segment’s revenues is charged to the reportable segment as an allocation of corporate overhead.
Accruals related to store closures are not recorded on the reportable segments’ financial statements, but are maintained and controlled by corporate headquarters.
Interest expense has been allocated to the Sales and Lease Ownership and HomeSmart segments based on a percentage of their revenues. Interest expense is allocated to the Progressive segment based on a percentage of the outstanding balances of its intercompany borrowings and of the debt incurred when it was acquired.
NOTE 8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company leases certain properties under capital leases from related parties that are described in Notes 7 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Annual Report.
On May 13, 2016 , the Company sold its remaining 82 Company-operated HomeSmart stores to Buddy's Newco for $35 million . Refer to Note 2 for more information on the sale. Buddy’s Newco is a subsidiary of Buddy’s Home Furnishings ("Buddy’s"), the third largest lease-to-own home furnishings provider in the United States. Buddy’s is a portfolio company of Vintage Capital Management ("Vintage"), a private equity fund controlled by Brian R. Kahn. Based on information provided in a Schedule 13G filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on August 12, 2015 (the latest available filing made by Vintage), Vintage owned approximately 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In May 2014, Mr. Kahn and Matthew E. Avril joined the Company’s Board of Directors. In August 2015, Mr. Kahn resigned from the Board, but not due to any disagreement with the Company. At the time the HomeSmart transaction was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, Mr. Avril owned a limited partnership interest in Vintage, served as a strategic advisor to Vintage and served as a director of a Vintage portfolio company.
In connection with the HomeSmart transaction, the Company engaged a nationally recognized and independent financial advisor with substantial experience in transactions involving lease-to-own companies to conduct a thorough review of likely potential purchasers of the HomeSmart business. Through that process, Buddy’s emerged as the only interested potential purchaser of the business with the financial ability to consummate such a transaction on terms likely satisfactory to the Company. In addition, prior to its approval of the HomeSmart transaction, the Company’s Board of Directors obtained a fairness opinion from a nationally recognized and independent valuation firm, to opine on the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the consideration to be paid by Vintage to the Company in connection with the HomeSmart transaction. Based on these and other factors, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the HomeSmart transaction, with Mr. Avril abstaining from the Board’s vote on the transaction.

19


ITEM 2.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information: Except for historical information contained herein, the matters set forth in this Form 10-Q are forward-looking statements. These statements are based on management’s current expectations and plans, which involve risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "may," "will,""believe," "expect," "forecast," "guidance," "intend," "could," "project," "estimate," "anticipate," "should," and similar terminology. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the filing date of this Quarterly Report and which involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in these statements. These risks and uncertainties include factors such as the impact of increased regulation, changes in general economic conditions, including consumer confidence and demand for certain merchandise, increased competition, pricing pressures, the impact of legal proceedings faced by the Company, costs relating to protecting customer privacy and information security more generally, challenges relating to the integration of Progressive and a failure to realize the expected benefits of the integration, the execution and results of our operational strategies, risks related to Progressive's "virtual" lease-to-own business, deteriorations in our franchisee relationships, and the other risks and uncertainties discussed under Item 1A, "Risk Factors," in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (the " 2015 Annual Report"). Except as required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances after the filing date of this Quarterly Report.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , including the notes to those statements, appearing elsewhere in this report. We also suggest that management’s discussion and analysis appearing in this report be read in conjunction with the management’s discussion and analysis and consolidated financial statements included in our 2015 Annual Report.
Business Overview
Aaron’s, Inc. ("we", "our", "us", "Aaron’s" or the "Company") is a leader in the sales and lease ownership and specialty retailing of furniture, consumer electronics, computers, and home appliances and accessories, and currently has more than 1,900 Company-operated and franchised stores in 47 states and Canada.
As of June 30, 2016 , our major operating divisions are the Aaron’s Sales & Lease Ownership division (established as a monthly payment concept), Progressive, DAMI and Woodhaven Furniture Industries, which manufactures and supplies the majority of the upholstered furniture and bedding leased and sold in Company-operated and franchised stores. On May 13, 2016 , the Company sold the 82 Company-operated HomeSmart stores and ceased operations of that division.
Progressive is a leading virtual lease-to-own company that provides lease-purchase solutions in 46 states. It does so by purchasing merchandise from third-party retailers desired by those retailers’ customers and, in turn, leasing that merchandise to the customers on a lease-to-own basis. Progressive consequently has no stores of its own, but rather offers lease-purchase solutions to the customers of traditional retailers. DAMI, which was acquired by Progressive on October 15, 2015, partners with merchants to provide a variety of revolving credit products originated through a federally insured bank to customers that may not qualify for traditional prime lending (called "second-look" financing programs).
For the three months ended June 30, 2016 , total revenues were $789.4 million , an increase of 2.6% over the comparable period in 2015 . The increase of $20.3 million was primarily due to a $42.6 million increase in revenues from Progressive, offset by a decrease of $27.6 million in revenues from our "core" business. The core business is our traditional lease-to-own store-based business and represents all of the operations of Aaron’s, excluding Progressive and DAMI. The core business experienced a decrease in lease revenues and fees resulting from a 1.2% decrease in Company-operated Sales and Lease Ownership same store revenues and the HomeSmart disposition in May 2016, as well as the net reduction of 14 Company-operated Sales and Lease Ownership stores during the 15-month period ended June 30, 2016 . Revenues from non-retail sales also decreased $11.8 million , or 14.0% , because of decreasing demand for product by franchisees due primarily to the net reduction of 68 franchised stores during the 15-month period ended June 30, 2016 . The 1.2% decrease in Company-operated Sales and Lease Ownership same store revenues was caused primarily by the underperformance of our stores in Texas, which represent approximately 18.5% of our store-based revenues, due to the effects of contractions in the oil industry on that market.
For the six months ended June 30, 2016 , total revenues were $1.6 billion , an increase of 3.3% over the comparable period in 2015 . The increase of $52.9 million was primarily due to a $97.7 million increase in revenues from Progressive, offset by a decrease of $54.8 million in revenues from our core business. The decrease in revenues from the core business primarily results from a decrease in lease revenues and fees due to a 2.2% decrease in Company-operated Sales and Lease Ownership same store revenues and the HomeSmart disposition in May 2016, as well as the net reduction of 45 Company-operated Sales and Lease Ownership stores during the 24-month period ended June 30, 2016 . Revenues from non-retail sales also decrease d $28.6 million , or 15.8% , primarily because of decreasing demand for product by franchisees caused by a .5% decrease in same store

20


revenues of existing franchised stores and the net reduction of 65 franchised stores during the 24-month period ended June 30, 2016 . The 2.2% decrease in Company-operated Sales and Lease Ownership same store revenues was caused primarily by the same factors discussed in the preceding paragraph.
Same Store Revenues. We believe that changes in same store revenues are a key performance indicator of our core business. For the three months ended June 30, 2016 , we calculated this amount by comparing revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2016 to revenues for the comparable period in 2015 for all stores open for the entire 15-month period ended June 30, 2016 , excluding stores that received lease agreements from other acquired, closed or merged stores. For the six months ended June 30, 2016 , we calculated this amount by comparing revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2016 to revenues for the comparable period in 2015 for all stores open for the entire 24-month period ended June 30, 2016 , excluding stores that received lease agreements from other acquired, closed or merged stores.
Active Doors. We believe that active doors are a key performance indicator of our Progressive segment. Active doors represent retail store locations at which at least one virtual lease-to-own transaction has been completed during the trailing three month period. The following table presents active doors for the Progressive segment:
Active Doors at June 30 (Unaudited)
2016
 
2015
Progressive Active Doors
13,930

 
11,749

Invoice Volume . We also believe that invoice volume is a key performance indicator of our Progressive segment. Invoice volume is defined as the retail price of lease merchandise acquired and leased by Progressive during the period, net of returns. The following table presents invoice volume for the Progressive segment:
For the Three Months Ended June 30 (Unaudited and In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
Progressive Invoice Volume
$
204,170

 
$
178,633

Business Environment and Company Outlook
Like many industries, the lease-to-own industry has been transformed by the internet and virtual marketplace. In response to these changing market conditions, we are executing a strategic plan for the core business that focuses on the following items and that we believe positions us for success over the long-term:
• Improve store profitability
• Accelerate our omni-channel platform
• Promote communication, coordination and integration
• Champion compliance
As part of executing this strategy, we sold the 82 Company-operated HomeSmart stores on May 13, 2016 , which will enable us to sharpen our focus on activities that have the highest potential for return. We also are taking steps to further address the expense structure at our core business, which includes completing a thorough review of our remaining store base to identify opportunities for future rationalization.
Key Components of Earnings
In this management’s discussion and analysis section, we review our consolidated results. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2016 , and the comparable prior year periods, some of the key revenue and cost and expense items that affected earnings were as follows:
Revenues . We separate our total revenues into six components: lease revenues and fees, retail sales, non-retail sales, franchise royalties and fees, interest and fees on loans receivable and other. Lease revenues and fees include all revenues derived from lease agreements at Company-operated stores and retail locations serviced by Progressive. Retail sales represent sales of both new and returned lease merchandise from our Company-operated stores. Non-retail sales mainly represent new merchandise sales to our Aaron’s Sales & Lease Ownership franchisees. Franchise royalties and fees represent fees from the sale of franchise rights and royalty payments from franchisees, as well as other related income from our franchised stores. Interest and fees on loans receivable primarily represents the accretion of the discount on loans acquired in the DAMI acquisition, as well as merchant fees, finance charges and annual and other fees earned on loans originated since the acquisition. Other revenues primarily relate to revenues from leasing real estate properties to unrelated third parties, as well as other miscellaneous revenues.

21


Depreciation of Lease Merchandise . Depreciation of lease merchandise primarily reflects the expense associated with depreciating merchandise held for lease and leased to customers by our Company-operated stores and Progressive.
Retail Cost of Sales. Retail cost of sales represents the depreciated cost of merchandise sold through our Company-operated stores.
Non-Retail Cost of Sales . Non-retail cost of sales primarily represents the cost of merchandise sold to our franchisees.
Operating Expenses . Operating expenses include personnel costs, occupancy costs, lease merchandise adjustments, bad debt expense, and advertising, among other expenses.
Other Operating Expense (Income), Net . Other operating expense (income), net , consists of gains or losses on sales of Company-operated stores and delivery vehicles, fair value adjustments on assets held for sale and gains or losses on other transactions involving property, plant and equipment.
Critical Accounting Policies
Refer to the 2015 Annual Report.
Results of Operations
As of June 30, 2016 , the Company had five operating and reportable segments: Sales and Lease Ownership, Progressive, DAMI, Franchise and Manufacturing.
On May 13, 2016 , the Company sold all of its 82 HomeSmart stores to Buddy's Newco for $35 million . Refer to Note 2 herein for more information regarding such sale. During the six months ended June 30, 2016 , the Company recognized a loss of $4.2 million on the disposition. The Company recorded additional charges of $1.4 million related to exiting the HomeSmart business, primarily consisting of impairment charges on certain assets related to the division that will be sold in the near future. The sale of HomeSmart was a related party transaction. Refer to Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for more information.
The results of DAMI have been included in the Company's consolidated results and presented as a reportable segment from its October 15, 2015 acquisition date.
During the quarter, management of the Company changed its internal segment measure of profit and loss for the Sales and Lease Ownership and HomeSmart segments to be on an accrual basis rather than on a cash basis. The Company retroactively adjusted Revenues of Reportable Segments and Earnings Before Income Taxes for Reportable Segments in all segment-related disclosures in this management’s discussion and analysis section to conform to this change.
The Company’s Sales and Lease Ownership, Progressive, and Franchise segments accounted for substantially all of the operations of the Company and, therefore, unless otherwise noted, only material changes within these three segments are discussed. The production of our Manufacturing segment, consisting of Woodhaven Furniture Industries LLC, is primarily leased or sold through the Company-operated and franchised stores, and consequently, substantially all of that segment’s revenues and earnings before income taxes are eliminated through the elimination of intersegment revenues and intersegment profit or loss.

22


Results of Operations – Three months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
 
Three Months Ended 
 June 30,
 
Change
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
$
 
%
REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease Revenues and Fees
$
688,677

 
$
660,472

 
$
28,205

 
4.3
 %
Retail Sales
6,460

 
7,073

 
(613
)
 
(8.7
)
Non-Retail Sales
72,610

 
84,449

 
(11,839
)
 
(14.0
)
Franchise Royalties and Fees
14,772

 
15,491

 
(719
)
 
(4.6
)
Interest and Fees on Loans Receivable
5,302

 

 
5,302

 
nmf

Other
1,532

 
1,564

 
(32
)
 
(2.0
)
 
789,353

 
769,049

 
20,304

 
2.6

COSTS AND EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation of Lease Merchandise
321,969

 
294,362

 
27,607

 
9.4

Retail Cost of Sales
3,892

 
4,849

 
(957
)
 
(19.7
)
Non-Retail Cost of Sales
63,984

 
76,463

 
(12,479
)
 
(16.3
)
Operating Expenses
330,601

 
325,555

 
5,046

 
1.5

Other Operating Expense, Net
755

 
277

 
478

 
172.6

 
721,201

 
701,506

 
19,695

 
2.8

OPERATING PROFIT
68,152

 
67,543

 
609

 
.9

Interest Income
507

 
792

 
(285
)
 
(36.0
)
Interest Expense
(5,904
)
 
(5,622
)
 
282

 
5.0

Other Non-Operating (Expense) Income
(1,631
)
 
1,641

 
(3,272
)
 
(199.4
)
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
61,124

 
64,354

 
(3,230
)
 
(5.0
)
INCOME TAXES
22,623

 
23,808

 
(1,185
)
 
(5.0
)
NET EARNINGS
$
38,501

 
$
40,546

 
$
(2,045
)
 
(5.0
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nmf - Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
Information about our revenues by reportable segment is as follows:  
 
Three Months Ended 
 June 30,
 
Change
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
$
 
%
REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Lease Ownership 1
$
461,464

 
$
481,208

 
$
(19,744
)
 
(4.1
)%
Progressive 2
298,574

 
255,946

 
42,628

 
16.7

HomeSmart 1
7,544

 
15,541

 
(7,997
)
 
(51.5
)
DAMI 3
5,302

 

 
5,302

 
nmf

Franchise 4
14,772

 
15,491

 
(719
)
 
(4.6
)
Manufacturing
21,590

 
25,228

 
(3,638
)
 
(14.4
)
Other
353

 
327

 
26

 
8.0

Revenues of Reportable Segments
809,599

 
793,741

 
15,858

 
2.0

Elimination of Intersegment Revenues
(20,246
)
 
(24,692
)
 
4,446

 
18.0

Total Revenues from External Customers
$
789,353

 
$
769,049

 
$
20,304

 
2.6
 %
nmf - Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1  Segment revenue principally consists of lease revenues and fees, retail sales and non-retail sales, and is presented on an accrual basis.
2  Segment revenue consists of lease revenues and fees.
3  Segment revenue consists of interest and fees on loans receivable, and excludes the effect of interest expense.
4  Segment revenue consists of franchise royalties and fees.

23


Sales and Lease Ownership. Sales and Lease Ownership segment revenues decreased $19.7 million to $461.5 million primarily due to a $12.6 million decrease in non-retail sales and a $4.9 million decrease in lease revenues and fees. The decrease in non-retail sales was mainly due to decreasing demand for product by franchisees as result of the net reduction of 68 franchised stores during the 15-month period ended June 30, 2016 , which was partially offset by a .4% increase in same store revenues of existing franchised stores during the period. Lease revenues and fees decreased due to a 1.2% decrease in same store revenues and the net reduction of 14 Company-operated stores during the 15-month period ended June 30, 2016 . In particular, Texas stores, which represent approximately 18.5% of our store-based revenues, have continued to underperform other regions in period-over-period same-store sales due to the effects of contractions in the oil industry on that market.
Progressive. Progressive segment revenues increased $42.6 million to $298.6 million primarily due to increases in invoice volumes at existing active doors as well as a net increase of approximately 2,200 active doors during the three months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2015 .
Franchise. Franchise segment revenues decreased $719,000 to $14.8 million due to the impact of the net reduction of 68 franchised stores during the 15-month period ended June 30, 2016 , which was partially offset by a .4% increase in same store revenues of existing franchised stores during the period.
Operating Expenses
Information about certain significant components of operating expenses is as follows:
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
Personnel costs
$
156,428

 
$
152,121

Occupancy costs
52,005

 
51,465

Lease merchandise adjustments
28,125

 
30,210

Bad debt expense
28,271

 
25,050

Advertising
11,968

 
11,600

Other operating expenses
53,804

 
55,109

Operating Expenses
$
330,601

 
$
325,555

Operating expenses increased $5.0 million , or 1.5% , to $330.6 million during the three months ended June 30, 2016 from $325.6 million for the comparable period in 2015 . As a percentage of total revenues, operating expenses decreased to 41.9% in the three months ended June 30, 2016 from 42.3% in the same period in 2015 .
Personnel costs increased $4.3 million , or 2.8% , during the three months ended June 30, 2016 from the comparable period in 2015 primarily due to hiring to support the growth of Progressive.
Lease merchandise adjustments decreased $2.1 million , or 6.9% , during the three months ended June 30, 2016 from the comparable period in 2015 . Progressive's lease merchandise adjustments as a percentage of Progressive's lease revenues decreased to 4.5% in 2016 from 6.1% in 2015 due to continued operational improvements and enhancements to the lease decisioning process. Lease merchandise adjustments as a percentage of lease revenues for our core business increased to 3.7% in 2016 from 3.6% in 2015 .
Bad debt expense increased $3.2 million , or 12.9% , during the three months ended June 30, 2016 from the comparable period in 2015 primarily due to the continued growth of Progressive. However, Progressive's bad debt expense as a percentage of Progressive's revenues decreased to 9.5% in 2016 from 9.8% in 2015 .
Other Costs and Expenses
Depreciation of lease merchandise. Depreciation of lease merchandise increased $27.6 million , or 9.4% , to $322.0 million during the three months ended June 30, 2016 , from $294.4 million during the comparable period in 2015 . Levels of merchandise on lease for the Aaron's core business remained consistent year over year, with idle merchandise representing approximately 6% of total depreciation expense in 2016 and 2015 . As a percentage of total lease revenues and fees, depreciation of lease merchandise increased to 46.8% from 44.6% in the prior year period, primarily because of Progressive's continued growth relative to our core business. Progressive generally experiences higher depreciation as a percentage of lease revenues because, among other factors, its merchandise has a shorter average life on lease and a higher rate of early buyouts than our core business.

24


Retail cost of sales. Retail cost of sales decreased $1.0 million , or 19.7% , to $3.9 million during the three months ended June 30, 2016 , from $4.8 million for the comparable period in 2015 , and as a percentage of retail sales, decreased to 60.2% from 68.6% in the prior year period due primarily to increases in certain vendor rebates in the current year period.
Non-retail cost of sales. Non-retail cost of sales decreased $12.5 million , or 16.3% , to $64.0 million during the three months ended June 30, 2016 , from $76.5 million for the comparable period in 2015 , and decreased as a percentage of non-retail sales to 88.1% from 90.5% in the prior year period due primarily to increases in certain vendor rebates in the current year period.
Other Operating Expense, Net
Information about the components of other operating expense, net is as follows:
 
Three Months Ended 
 June 30,
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
Losses on sales of stores
$

 
$
737

Net gains on sales of delivery vehicles
(241
)
 
(634
)
Impairment charges and net losses on asset dispositions and assets held for sale
996

 
174

Other operating expense, net
$
755

 
$
277

During the three months ended June 30, 2016 , the impairment charges and net losses on asset dispositions and assets held for sale were primarily due to the write down to fair value of certain assets related to the HomeSmart division that were not included in the May 2016 disposition, but that the Company expects to sell in the near future.
Operating Profit
Interest income. Interest income, which primarily relates to the British pound-denominated Perfect Home notes, decreased to $507,000 during the three months ended June 30, 2016 compared to $792,000 for the comparable period in 2015 primarily because of a decline in the value of the British pound relative to the U.S. dollar during the current period.
Interest expense. Interest expense increased $282,000 to $5.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2016 compared with $5.6 million for the comparable period in 2015 due primarily to interest on the debt assumed in connection with the October 15, 2015 DAMI acquisition, which was partially offset by reductions in other borrowings in the current period.
Other non-operating (expense) income . Included in other non-operating (expense) income were foreign exchange transaction losses of $1.7 million and gains of $1.4 million during the three months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. These losses and gains result from changes in the value of the U.S. dollar against the British pound and Canadian dollar.
Earnings Before Income Taxes
Information about our earnings (loss) before income taxes by reportable segment is as follows:  
 
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Change
 
 
 
 
 
2016 vs. 2015
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
$
 
%
EARNINGS (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Lease Ownership
$
38,947

 
$
40,690

 
$
(1,743
)
 
(4.3
)%
Progressive
29,083

 
23,314

 
5,769

 
24.7

HomeSmart
(694
)
 
48

 
(742
)
 
nmf

DAMI
(2,280
)
 

 
(2,280
)
 
nmf

Franchise
11,781

 
11,993

 
(212
)
 
(1.8
)
Manufacturing
536

 
376

 
160

 
42.6

Other
(15,816
)
 
(11,669
)
 
(4,147
)
 
(35.5
)
Earnings Before Income Taxes for Reportable Segments
61,557

 
64,752

 
(3,195
)
 
(4.9
)
Elimination of Intersegment Profit
(433
)
 
(398
)
 
(35
)
 
(8.8
)
Total
$
61,124

 
$
64,354

 
$
(3,230
)
 
(5.0
)%
nmf - Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

25


Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense decreased $1.2 million to $22.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2016 , compared to $23.8 million for the comparable period in 2015 . The effective tax rate remained consistent at 37.0% for both the three months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 .
Net Earnings
Net earnings decreased $2.0 million to $38.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2016 from $40.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2015 . As a percentage of total revenues, net earnings were 4.9% and 5.3% for the three months ended June 30, 2016 and the same period in 2015 , respectively.
Results of Operations – Six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
 
Six Months Ended 
 June 30,
 
Change
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
$
 
%
REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease Revenues and Fees
$
1,430,288

 
$
1,355,754

 
$
74,534

 
5.5
 %
Retail Sales
17,415

 
19,067

 
(1,652
)
 
(8.7
)
Non-Retail Sales
151,915

 
180,486

 
(28,571
)
 
(15.8
)
Franchise Royalties and Fees
31,067

 
32,495

 
(1,428
)
 
(4.4
)
Interest and Fees on Loans Receivable
10,065

 

 
10,065

 
nmf

Other
3,030

 
3,061

 
(31
)
 
(1.0
)
 
1,643,780

 
1,590,863

 
52,917

 
3.3

COSTS AND EXPENSES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation of Lease Merchandise
670,271

 
610,348

 
59,923

 
9.8

Retail Cost of Sales
10,957

 
12,553

 
(1,596
)
 
(12.7
)
Non-Retail Cost of Sales
135,369

 
163,315

 
(27,946
)
 
(17.1
)
Operating Expenses
679,025

 
653,475

 
25,550

 
3.9

Other Operating Income, Net
(5,974
)
 
(1,183
)
 
4,791

 
405.0

 
1,489,648

 
1,438,508

 
51,140

 
3.6

OPERATING PROFIT
154,132

 
152,355

 
1,777

 
1.2

Interest Income
928

 
1,231

 
(303
)
 
(24.6
)
Interest Expense
(12,216
)
 
(11,591
)
 
625

 
5.4

Other Non-Operating (Expense) Income
(1,992
)
 
189

 
(2,181
)
 
nmf

EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
140,852

 
142,184

 
(1,332
)
 
(.9
)
INCOME TAXES
52,664

 
52,395

 
269

 
.5

NET EARNINGS
$
88,188

 
$
89,789

 
$
(1,601
)
 
(1.8
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nmf - Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

26


Revenues
Information about our revenues by reportable segment is as follows:
 
Six Months Ended 
 June 30,
 
Change
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
$
 
%
REVENUES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Lease Ownership 1
$
968,915

 
$
1,016,739

 
$
(47,824
)
 
(4.7
)%
Progressive 2
605,239

 
507,565

 
97,674

 
19.2

HomeSmart 1
25,392

 
32,316

 
(6,924
)
 
(21.4
)
DAMI 3
10,065

 

 
10,065

 
nmf

Franchise 4
31,067

 
32,495

 
(1,428
)
 
(4.4
)
Manufacturing
46,513

 
54,034

 
(7,521
)
 
(13.9
)
Other
637

 
695

 
(58
)
 
(8.3
)
Revenues of Reportable Segments
1,687,828

 
1,643,844

 
43,984

 
2.7

Elimination of Intersegment Revenues
(44,048
)
 
(52,981
)
 
8,933

 
16.9

Total Revenues from External Customers
$
1,643,780

 
$
1,590,863

 
$
52,917

 
3.3
 %
nmf - Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Segment revenue principally consists of lease revenues and fees, retail sales and non-retail sales, and is presented on an accrual basis.
2  Segment revenue consists of lease revenues and fees.
3  Segment revenue consists of interest and fees on loans receivable, and excludes the effect of interest expense.
4  Segment revenue consists of franchise royalties and fees.
Sales and Lease Ownership. Sales and Lease Ownership segment revenues decreased $47.8 million to $968.9 million primarily due to a $30.0 million decrease in non-retail sales and a $22.7 million decrease in lease revenues and fees. Non-retail sales decreased primarily due to decreased demand for product by franchisees primarily as a result of the net reduction of 65 franchised stores during the 24-month period ended June 30, 2016 and a .5% decrease in same store revenues of existing franchised stores during the period. Lease revenues and fees decreased primarily due to a 2.2% decrease in same store revenues and the net reduction of 45 Company-operated stores during the 24-month period ended June 30, 2016 .
Progressive. Progressive segment revenues increased $97.7 million to $605.2 million primarily due to increases in invoice volumes at existing active doors as well as an increase in active doors during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2015 .
Franchise. Franchise segment revenues decreased $1.4 million to $31.1 million due to a .5% decrease in same store revenues of existing franchised stores and the net reduction of 65 franchised stores during the 24-month period ended June 30, 2016 .
Operating Expenses
Information about certain significant components of operating expenses is as follows:
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
Personnel costs
$
319,958

 
$
307,942

Occupancy costs
105,489

 
103,519

Lease merchandise adjustments
62,031

 
59,503

Bad debt expense
56,210

 
49,191

Advertising
21,654

 
19,711

Other operating expenses
113,683

 
113,609

Operating Expenses
$
679,025

 
$
653,475

Operating expenses increased $25.6 million , or 3.9% , to $679.0 million in 2016 from $653.5 million for the comparable period in 2015 . As a percentage of total revenues, operating expenses increased to 41.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 from 41.1% in the same period in 2015 .

27


Personnel costs increased $12.0 million , or 3.9% , during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from the comparable period in 2015 primarily due to hiring to support the growth of Progressive. In addition, the Company recorded charges of $3.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 primarily related to the retirement of the Company's chief financial officer.
Lease merchandise adjustments increased $2.5 million , or 4.2% , during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from the comparable period in 2015 due to the growth in Progressive revenues as a percentage of total revenues. Progressive's lease merchandise adjustments as a percentage of Progressive's lease revenues decreased to 5.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 from 6.2% in the same period in 2015 due to continued operational improvements and enhancements to the lease decisioning process. Lease merchandise adjustments as a percentage of lease revenues for our core business increased to 3.6% in 2016 from 3.3% in 2015 .
Bad debt expense increased $7.0 million , or 14.3% , during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from the comparable period in 2015 primarily due to the continued growth of Progressive. Progressive's bad debt expense as a percentage of Progressive's revenues decreased to 9.3% in 2016 from 9.7% in 2015 .
Other Costs and Expenses
Depreciation of lease merchandise. Depreciation of lease merchandise increased $59.9 million , or 9.8% , to $670.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 , from $610.3 million during the comparable period in 2015 . Levels of merchandise on lease for the Aaron's core business improved year over year, with idle merchandise representing approximately 5% of total depreciation expense in 2016 as compared to approximately 6% in 2015 . As a percentage of total lease revenues and fees, depreciation of lease merchandise increased to 46.9% from 45.0% in the prior year period, primarily because of Progressive's continued growth relative to our core business. Progressive generally experiences higher depreciation as a percentage of lease revenues because, among other factors, its merchandise has a shorter average life on lease and a higher rate of early buyouts than our core business.
Retail cost of sales. Retail cost of sales decreased $1.6 million , or 12.7% , to $11.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 , from $12.6 million for the comparable period in 2015 , and as a percentage of retail sales, decreased to 62.9% in 2016 from 65.8% in 2015 due primarily to increases in certain vendor rebates in the current year period .
Non-retail cost of sales. Non-retail cost of sales decreased $27.9 million , or 17.1% , to $135.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 , from $163.3 million for the comparable period in 2015 , and as a percentage of non-retail sales, decreased to 89.1% in 2016 from 90.5% in 2015 due primarily to increases in certain vendor rebates in the current year period.
Other Operating Income, Net
Information about the components of other operating income, net is as follows:
 
Six Months Ended 
 June 30,
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
Losses (gains) on sales of stores
$
32

 
$
(1,338
)
Net gains on sales of delivery vehicles
(704
)
 
(952
)
Impairment charges and net (gains) losses on asset dispositions and assets held for sale
(5,302
)
 
1,107

Other operating income, net
$
(5,974
)
 
$
(1,183
)
During the six months ended June 30, 2016 , impairment charges and net gains on asset dispositions and assets held for sale included a loss of $4.2 million related to the sale of HomeSmart, a $1.2 million charge primarily related to the write down to fair value of certain assets related to the HomeSmart division that were not included in the May 2016 disposition and a gain of $11.1 million related to the sale of the Company's corporate headquarters building in January 2016.
During the six months ended June 30, 2015 , impairment charges and net losses on asset dispositions and assets held for sale included charges of $793,000 , representing the impairment of leasehold improvements for Company-operated stores that were expected to be closed as of June 30, 2015 . In addition, the Company recognized gains of $1.3 million from the sale of 19 Aaron's Sales & Lease Ownership stores during the period.
Operating Profit
Interest income. Interest income, which primarily relates to the British pound-denominated Perfect Home notes, decreased to $928,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared with $1.2 million for the comparable period in 2015 primarily because of a decline in the value of the British pound relative to the U.S. dollar during the current period.

28


Interest expense. Interest expense increased $625,000 to $12.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 from $11.6 million in 2015 due primarily to interest on the debt assumed in connection with the October 15, 2015 DAMI acquisition, which was partially offset by reductions in other borrowings in the current period.
Other non-operating (expense) income . Included in other non-operating (expense) income were net foreign exchange transaction losses of $2.1 million and $312,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. These net losses result from changes in the value of the U.S. dollar against the British pound and Canadian dollar.
Earnings Before Income Taxes
Information about our earnings (loss) before income taxes by reportable segment is as follows:
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
Change
 
 
 
 
 
2016 vs. 2015
(In Thousands)
2016
 
2015
 
 
%
EARNINGS (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Lease Ownership
$
95,525

 
$
99,731

 
$
(4,206
)
 
(4.2
)%
Progressive
50,997

 
39,144

 
11,853

 
30.3

HomeSmart 1
(3,653
)
 
574

 
(4,227
)
 
(736.4
)
Franchise
24,900

 
25,891

 
(991
)
 
(3.8
)
DAMI
(5,162
)
 

 
(5,162
)
 
nmf
Manufacturing
1,404

 
1,658

 
(254
)
 
(15.3
)
Other 2
(21,971
)
 
(23,148
)
 
1,177

 
5.1

Earnings Before Income Taxes for Reportable Segments
142,040

 
143,850

 
(1,810
)
 
(1.3
)
Elimination of Intersegment Profit
(1,188
)
 
(1,666
)
 
478

 
28.7

Total
$
140,852

 
$
142,184

 
$
(1,332
)
 
(.9
)%
nmf - Calculation is not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 HomeSmart loss before income taxes includes a loss on the sale of HomeSmart of $4.2 million and additional charges of $1.4 million related to exiting the HomeSmart business during the six months ended June 30, 2016 .
2 Loss before income taxes for the Other category includes a gain of $11.1 million on the sale of the Company's corporate headquarters building during the six months ended June 30, 2016 .
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense increased $269,000 to $52.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared to $52.4 million for the same period in 2015 . The effective tax rate also increased to 37.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2016 from 36.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2015 . The increase is primarily related to valuation allowances recorded for certain tax credits.
Net Earnings
Net earnings decreased $1.6 million  to $88.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2016 from $89.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 , representing a 1.8% decrease . As a percentage of total revenues, net earnings were 5.4% and 5.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and the same period in 2015 , respectively.
Overview of Financial Position
The major changes in the condensed consolidated balance sheet from December 31, 2015 to June 30, 2016 include:
Cash and cash equivalents increased $227.3 million to $242.2 million at June 30, 2016 from $14.9 million at December 31, 2015 . For additional information, refer to the "Liquidity and Capital Resources" section below.
Accounts receivable, net decreased $29.3 million to $84.1 million at June 30, 2016 from $113.4 million at December 31, 2015 primarily due to decreases in non-retail sales during the period.
Lease merchandise, net decreased $111.3 million to $1.0 billion at June 30, 2016 from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2015 primarily due to decreases in lease merchandise purchases at our core operations during the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2015 .

29


Income tax receivable decreased $164.8 million primarily because the Company received income tax refunds, net of payments of $115.3 million , during the six months ended June 30, 2016 . The enactment of the Protecting Americans From Tax Hikes Act in December 2015 (the 2015 Act) extended bonus depreciation on eligible inventory held during 2015. Throughout 2015, the Company made payments based on the previously enacted law, resulting in an overpayment when the current act was signed and the Company applied for a refund at that time. The income tax receivable balance was further reduced due to adjustments to the provision for federal income taxes recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2016 .
Accounts payable and accrued expenses decreased $65.6 million due primarily to decreases in lease merchandise purchases during the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2015 .
Debt decreased $113.2 million due primarily to the net repayment of $113.8 million in revolving credit borrowings, term loans and capital lease obligations. Refer to "Liquidity and Capital Resources" below for further details regarding the Company's financing arrangements.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
General
For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , cash provided by operating activities was $324.3 million and $219.3 million , respectively. The $105.0 million period-over-period increase in operating cash flows occurred primarily because of a $102.2 million decrease in income tax payments, net of refunds, and declines in inventory purchases at our core business. In particular, income tax payments decreased by $81.7 million and income tax refunds increased by $20.5 million period-over-period. We made higher tax payments during the first six months of 2015 primarily because bonus depreciation had not been reinstated for 2015 at that time. As discussed more fully in the "Commitments" section below, the 2015 Act signed into law on December 18, 2015 extended 50% bonus depreciation and reauthorized work opportunity tax credits through the end of 2019, which allowed us to qualify for and receive a refund related to 2015 income tax payments and to avoid federal tax payments during the six months ended June 30, 2016 . Separately, we had decreased lease merchandise purchases at our core business in the six months ended June 30, 2016 relative to the same period in 2015 because we have placed more emphasis this year on maintaining an optimal amount and mix of lease merchandise at our stores.
For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , cash provided by investing activities was $20.9 million and cash used in investing activities was $20.0 million , respectively. The increase in investing cash flows during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily due to cash received of $35.0 million related to the sale of the HomeSmart division in May 2016 and cash received of $13.6 million related to the sale of the Company's corporate headquarters building in January 2016. In addition, the Company made more store acquisitions in 2015 than in 2016.
For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 , cash used in financing activities was $117.9 million and $111.7 million , respectively. The $6.2 million increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to $2.6 million additional net repayments of debt during the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2015 .
Our primary capital requirements consist of buying lease merchandise for sales and lease ownership stores and Progressive's operations. As we continue to grow, the need for additional lease merchandise is expected to remain our major capital requirement. Other capital requirements include purchases of property, plant and equipment, expenditures for acquisitions and income tax payments, and funding of loan receivables for DAMI. Our capital requirements historically have been financed through:
cash flows from operations;
private debt offerings;
bank debt;
trade credit with vendors;
proceeds from the sale of lease return merchandise; and
stock offerings.
Debt Financing
As of June 30, 2016 , $96.9 million in term loans and no revolving credit balances were outstanding under the revolving credit and term loan agreement. Our current revolving credit facility matures December 9, 2019 and the total available credit on the facility as of June 30, 2016 was $225.0 million . The revolving credit and term loan agreement includes an uncommitted incremental facility increase option (an "accordion facility") which, subject to certain terms and conditions, permits the

30


Company at any time prior to the maturity date to request an increase in extensions of credit available thereunder by an aggregate additional principal amount of up to $200.0 million.
As of June 30, 2016 , $42.0 million was outstanding under the DAMI credit facility. The DAMI credit facility is currently set to mature on October 15, 2017 and the total available credit on the facility as of June 30, 2016 was $9.2 million , in addition to separate availability for letters of credit not to exceed $2.0 million . In addition, the DAMI credit facility includes an accordion facility, which, subject to certain terms and conditions, permits DAMI at any time prior to the maturity date to request an increase in the maximum facility of up to $25.0 million . The DAMI credit facility restricts DAMI's ability to transfer funds by limiting intercompany dividends to an amount not to exceed the amount of capital the Company has invested in DAMI. The aggregate amount of such dividends made in a calendar year are limited to 75% of DAMI's net income for the immediately preceding calendar year. On June 30, 2016, DAMI entered into the twelfth amendment to the DAMI credit facility (the Twelfth Amendment). As amended, borrowings under the DAMI credit facility bear interest at 4.375% plus one-month LIBOR, provided that the applicable margin will increase by 0.25% if Monthly Excess Availability (as defined in the DAMI credit facility) is less than 20%.
As of June 30, 2016 , the Company had outstanding $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes issued in a private placement in connection with the April 14, 2014 Progressive acquisition. The notes bear interest at the rate of 4.75% per year and mature on April 14, 2021 . Payments of interest are due quarterly, commencing July 14, 2014, with principal payments of $60.0 million each due annually commencing April 14, 2017.
As of June 30, 2016 , the Company had outstanding $50.0 million in senior unsecured notes originally issued in a private placement in July 2011. Effective April 28, 2014, the notes bear interest at the rate of  3.95% per year and mature on April 27, 2018. Quarterly payments of interest commenced July 27, 2011, and annual principal payments of $25.0 million commenced April 27, 2014.
Our revolving credit and term loan agreement and senior unsecured notes, and our franchisee loan agreement discussed below, contain certain financial covenants. These covenants include requirements that the Company maintain ratios of (i) EBITDA plus lease expense to fixed charges of no less than 2.00:1.00 and (ii) total debt to EBITDA of no greater than 3.00:1.00. In each case, EBITDA refers to the Company’s consolidated earnings before interest and tax expense, depreciation (other than lease merchandise depreciation), amortization expense and other non-cash charges, and it excludes the results of DAMI. If we fail to comply with these covenants, we will be in default under these agreements, and all amounts could become due immediately. We are in compliance with all of these covenants at June 30, 2016 and believe that we will continue to be in compliance in the future.
The DAMI credit facility also contains financial covenants. The Twelfth Amendment amended the DAMI credit facility to, among other things, (i) remove the financial covenant that requires DAMI to maintain a certain EBITDA ratio, (ii) include a financial covenant that requires DAMI to meet certain trailing twelve month and fiscal quarter EBITDA thresholds, (iii) include a minimum tangible net worth requirement for DAMI, and (iv) include a financial covenant that DAMI shall maintain a monthly Cash Collection Percentage (as defined in the DAMI credit facility) of greater than or equal to 5.0%. The Twelfth Amendment also amends the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" in the DAMI credit facility to include non-interest bearing debt owing to the Company and certain of its affiliates under certain circumstances. If we fail to comply with these covenants, we will be in default under the agreement, and all amounts could become due immediately. We are in compliance with all of these covenants at June 30, 2016 and believe that we will continue to be in compliance in the future.

Share Repurchases

We purchase our stock in the market from time to time as authorized by our Board of Directors. As of  June 30, 2016 , we have the authority to purchase  10,496,421  additional shares.
Dividends
We have a consistent history of paying dividends, having paid dividends for 29 consecutive years. At its November 2015 meeting, our board of directors increased the quarterly dividend by 8.7% , raising it to $.025 per share from $.023 per share. Aggregate dividend payments for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were $3.6 million . Subject to sufficient operating profits, any future capital needs and other contingencies, we currently expect to continue our policy of paying dividends.
Commitments
Income Taxes. During the six months ended June 30, 2016 , we received income tax refunds, net of payments, of $115.3 million . Within the next six months, we anticipate that we will make cash payments for federal and state income taxes of approximately $55.3 million .

31


The Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 signed into law on December 20, 2014 extended bonus depreciation and reauthorized work opportunity tax credits through the end of 2014. The 2015 Act signed into law on December 18, 2015 extended 50% bonus depreciation and reauthorized work opportunity tax credits through the end of 2019. As a result, the Company applied for and received a $100 million quick refund from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") for the 2014 tax year during January 2015, and a $120 million quick refund for the 2015 tax year during February 2016. Accordingly, our cash flow benefited from having a lower cash tax obligation, which, in turn, provided additional cash flow from operations. Because of our sales and lease ownership model, in which the Company remains the owner of merchandise on lease, we benefit more from bonus depreciation, relatively, than traditional furniture, electronics and appliance retailers.
In future years, we may have to make increased tax payments on our earnings as a result of expected profitability and the reversal of the accelerated depreciation deductions that were taken in 2015 and prior periods. While the 2015 Act extended bonus depreciation through 2019, not considering the effects of bonus depreciation on future qualifying expenditures, we estimate that at December 31, 2015 , the remaining tax deferral associated with the acts described above was approximately $178.0 million , of which approximately 80% is expected to reverse in 2016 and most of the remainder during 2017 and 2018 .
Leases. The Company leases various properties and other assets in the normal course of business, including certain properties under capital leases with related parties. Our lease agreements are more fully described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2015 Annual Report.
Franchise Loan Guaranty. We have guaranteed the borrowings of certain independent franchisees under a franchise loan agreement with several banks, which has a maturity date of December 8, 2016 .
At June 30, 2016 , the portion that we might be obligated to repay in the event franchisees defaulted was $71.2 million . However, due to franchisee borrowing limits, we believe any losses associated with defaults would be substantially mitigated through recovery of lease merchandise and other assets. Since the inception of the franchise loan program in 1994, we have had no significant associated losses. We believe the likelihood that the Company would fund any significant amounts in connection with these commitments to be remote.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments.
As part of our ongoing operations, we enter into various arrangements that obligate us to make future payments, including debt agreements, operating leases, and other purchase obligations. The future cash commitments owed under these arrangements generally fluctuate in the normal course of business as we, for example, borrow on or pay down our revolving lines of credit, make scheduled payments on other debt, leases or purchase obligations and renegotiate arrangements or enter into new arrangements. Nonetheless, as of June 30, 2016 , there were no material changes outside the normal course of business in our material cash commitments and contractual obligations from those reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 .
Unfunded Lending Commitments
The Company, through its DAMI business, has unfunded lending commitments totaling approximately $390.5 million and $378.7 million as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively. These unfunded commitments arise in the ordinary course of business from credit card agreements with individual cardholders that give them the ability to borrow, against unused amounts, up to the maximum credit limit assigned to their account. While these unfunded amounts represented the total available unused lines of credit, the Company does not anticipate that all cardholders will utilize their entire available line at any given point in time. Commitments to extend unsecured credit are agreements to lend to a cardholder so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements, including pronouncements that were adopted in the current year.
ITEM 3.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
For quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk, see Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk," of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 . Our exposures to market risk have not changed materially since December 31, 2015 .

32


ITEM 4.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
An evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, was carried out by management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and Chief Financial Officer ("CFO"), as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
This evaluation is performed to determine if our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated and communicated to management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures and are effective to provide reasonable assurance that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms. No system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the system of controls are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that the system of controls has operated effectively in all cases. Our disclosure controls and procedures, however, are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of disclosure controls and procedures are met.
Based on management’s evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the date of the evaluation to provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of disclosure controls and procedures are met.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, during the six months ended June 30, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

33


PART II – OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we are party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While any proceeding contains an element of uncertainty, we do not currently believe that any of the outstanding legal proceedings to which we are a party will have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position or results of operations. However, an adverse resolution of a number of these items may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position or results of operations. For further information see Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
The Company does not have any updates to its risk factors disclosure from that previously reported in the 2015 Annual Report.
ITEM 2.
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
The following table presents our share repurchase activity for the three months ended June 30, 2016 :
Period
Total Number of Shares Purchased
Average Price Paid per Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs 1
April 1, 2016 through April 30, 2016



10,496,421

May 1, 2016 through May 31, 2016



10,496,421

June 1, 2016 through June 30, 2016



10,496,421

Total

 

 
1 Share repurchases are conducted under authorizations made from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors. The most recent authorization was publicly announced on October 4, 2013 and authorized the repurchase of an additional 10,955,345 shares of common stock over the previously authorized repurchase amount of 4,044,655 shares, increasing the total number of our shares of common stock authorized for repurchase to 15,000,000. These authorizations have no expiration date, and the Company is not obligated to repurchase any shares. Subject to applicable law, repurchases may be made at such times and in such amounts as the Company deems appropriate. Repurchases may be discontinued at any time.
ITEM 3.
DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES
None.
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None.
ITEM 5.
OTHER INFORMATION
None.

34


ITEM 6.
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT
NO.
 
DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 
 
 
10.1*
 
Amendment No. 6 to Note Purchase Agreement by and among Aaron's, Inc. and certain other obligors and the purchasers, dated as of June 30, 2016.
 
 
 
10.2*
 
Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement by and among Aaron's, Inc. and certain other obligors and the purchasers dated as of June 30, 2016 with respect to $225 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company's 4.75% Series A Senior Notes due April 14, 2021 and Form of Senior Note.
 
 
 
10.3*
 
Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement by and among Aaron's, Inc. and certain other obligors and the purchasers dated as of June 30, 2016 with respect to $75 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company's 4.75% Series B Senior Notes due April 14, 2021 and Form of Senior Note.
 
 
 
10.4*
 
Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement by and among Aaron's, Inc., as borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto and SunTrust Bank as administrative agent, dated June 30, 2016.
 
 
 
10.5*
 
Fourth Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Loan Facility Agreement and Guaranty among Aaron's, Inc. as sponsor, SunTrust Bank as servicer, and each of the other lending institutions party thereto as participants, dated June 30, 2016.
 
 
 
10.6
 
Twelfth Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Dent-A-Med, Inc., HC Recovery, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 30, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2016).
 
 
 
10.7*
 
Aaron's, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2016.
 
 
 
10.8*
 
First Amendment to the Aaron's, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016), dated as of June 28, 2016, to be effective October 4, 2016.
 
 
 
10.9*
 
Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as Amended and Restated, effective May 4, 2016.
 
 
 
31.1*
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
 
 
 
31.2*
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
 
 
 
32.1*
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
32.2*
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
101
 
The following financial information from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, (ii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, and (v) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
*Filed herewith.
 


35


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of l934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
AARON’S, INC.
 
 
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
 
Date:
August 4, 2016
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer,
 
 
 
President Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
Date:
August 4, 2016
By:
/s/ Robert P. Sinclair, Jr.
 
 
 
Robert P. Sinclair, Jr.
 
 
 
Vice President,
 
 
 
Corporate Controller

36


EXHIBIT 10.1


AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of June 30, 2016, by and among (a) AARON’S, INC. , a Georgia corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), AARON INVESTMENT COMPANY , a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “ AIC ” and together with the Company, collectively, the “ Issuers ”), and certain Subsidiaries of the Company signatory hereto (together with the Issuers, collectively, the “ Obligors ”), and (b) each of the Persons holding one or more Notes (as defined below) on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Noteholders ”), with respect to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2011 (the “ Original Note Purchase Agreement ”), as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2012, that certain Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2013, that certain Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2014, that certain Amendment No. 4 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2014, and that certain Amendment No. 5 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2015 (as so amended and in effect immediately prior to giving effect to this Agreement, the “ Current Note Purchase Agreement and, as amended pursuant to this Agreement and as may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Obligors and each of the Noteholders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Current Note Purchase Agreement.
RECITALS:
A.     The Obligors and Noteholders are parties to the Current Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the Obligors issued and sold an aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000 of their Amended and Restated Senior Notes due April 27, 2018 (the “ Notes ”) to the Noteholders;
B.     The Noteholders are the holders of all outstanding Notes; and
C.     The Obligors have requested, and the Noteholders have agreed to, certain amendments and modifications to the provisions of the Current Note Purchase Agreement, in connection with the proposed amendment to the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
AGREEMENT:
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Obligors and the Noteholders agree as follows:
1.
AMENDMENTS TO CURRENT NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.
Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by this Agreement as follows:




1.1.
Indebtedness.
Paragraph 6C(l) of the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“(l)    secured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (including any such Indebtedness resulting from any exercise of any incremental facility provisions) $110,000,000 under the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement, as may be amended and otherwise modified, so long as the terms of such facility are not amended to be more restrictive than those in effect on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date or in a manner that would be materially adverse to the holders of the Notes and all Indebtedness incurred thereunder remains non-recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Dent-A-Med Entities); and”
1.2.
Amendment and Restatement of the Definition of “Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement”.
The definition of “Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement” set forth in paragraph 10B of the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 18, 2011 by and among the Dent-A-Med Entities, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc.), as agent for the lenders thereunder as in effect on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date.

1.3.
Addition of the Definition of “Sixth Amendment Effective Date”.
The definition of “Sixth Amendment Effective Date” is hereby added to paragraph 10B of the Current Note Purchase Agreement in its proper alphabetical order to read in its entirety as follows:

Sixth Amendment Effective Date ” means June 30, 2016.

2.
WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.
To induce the Noteholders to enter into this Agreement, each of the Obligors represents and warrants to each of the Noteholders that as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date:
2.1.
Corporate and Other Organization and Authority.
(a)    Each Obligor is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or limited liability company and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not,

2



individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(b)    Each of the Obligors has the requisite organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Note Purchase Agreement.
2.2.
Authorization, etc.
This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on the part of the Obligors, as applicable. Each of this Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Obligor, enforceable, in each case, against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by:
(a)    applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and
(b)    general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3.
No Conflicts, etc.
The execution and delivery by each Obligor of this Agreement and the performance by such Obligor of its obligations under each of this Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement do not conflict with, result in any breach in any of the provisions of, constitute a default under, violate or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property of such Obligor under the provisions of:
(a)    any charter document, constitutive document, agreement with shareholders or members, bylaws or any other organizational or governing agreement of such Obligor;
(b)    any agreement, instrument or conveyance by which such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected; or
(c)    any statute, rule or regulation or any order, judgment or award of any court, tribunal or arbitrator by which such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected.
2.4.
Governmental Consent.
The execution and delivery by the Obligors of this Agreement and the performance by the Obligors of their respective obligations hereunder and under the Note Purchase Agreement do not require any consents, approvals or authorizations of, or filings, registrations or qualifications with, any Governmental Authority on the part of any Obligor.
2.5.
No Defaults.

3



No event has occurred and is continuing and no condition exists which, immediately before or immediately after giving effect to the amendments provided for in this Agreement, constitutes or would constitute a Default or an Event of Default.
2.6.    Representations in Note Purchase Agreement.
After giving effect to this Agreement, the representations and warranties contained in the Note Purchase Agreement and the Joinder Agreements executed by those Obligors not signatory to the Original Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date.
3.
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS OF AMENDMENTS.
The amendment of the Current Note Purchase Agreement as set forth in this Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “ Sixth Amendment Effective Date ”), provided that each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:
(a)     the Noteholders shall have received a fully executed copy of this Agreement executed by the Obligors and the Noteholders;
(b)      the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement shall be true and correct on such date;
(c)    the Noteholders shall have received fully executed copies of the following:
(i)     that certain Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, by and among, inter alios , the Company, AIC, and the MetLife Parties,
(ii)     that certain Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, by and among, inter alios , the Company, AIC, and the Prudential Parties,
(iii)     that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date (the “ Credit Agreement Amendment ”), by and among, inter alios , the Company, SunTrust Bank, acting as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and in certain other capacities, and each of the lenders party thereto,
(iv)     that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan Facility Agreement, dated as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date (the “ Loan Facility Amendment ”), by and among, inter alios , the Company, SunTrust and the other financial institutions party thereto, and
(v)    that certain Twelfth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Dent-A-Med Entities, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc.), as agent for the lenders thereunder,

4



and each of the amendments referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) to (v), inclusive, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Noteholders and shall have become effective prior to or concurrent with the effectiveness of this Agreement; and
(d)    the Company shall have paid all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Noteholders incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
4.
MISCELLANEOUS.
4.1.
Governing Law.
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.
4.2.
Duplicate Originals; Electronic Signature.
Two or more duplicate originals of this Agreement may be signed by the parties, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and shall be effective when at least one counterpart shall have been executed by each party hereto, and each set of counterparts that, collectively, show execution by each party hereto shall constitute one duplicate original. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
4.3.
Waiver and Amendments.
Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, or by any action or inaction, but only by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties signatory hereto.
4.4.
Costs and Expenses.
Whether or not the amendments contemplated by this Agreement become effective, each of the Obligors confirms its obligation under paragraph 11B of the Note Purchase Agreement and agrees that, on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date (or if an invoice is delivered subsequent to the Sixth Amendment Effective Date or if such amendments do not become effective, promptly after receiving any statement or invoice therefor), it will pay all costs and expenses of the Noteholders relating to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the statement for reasonable fees and disbursements of the Noteholders’ special counsel presented to the Company on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date. The Obligors will also promptly pay, upon receipt thereof, each additional statement for reasonable fees and disbursements of the Noteholders’ special counsel rendered after the Sixth Amendment Effective Date in connection with this Agreement.

5



4.5.
Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto. The provisions hereof are intended to be for the benefit of the Noteholders and shall be enforceable by any successor or assign of any such Noteholder, whether or not an express assignment of rights hereunder shall have been made by such Noteholder or its successors and assigns.
4.6.
Survival.
All warranties, representations, certifications and covenants made by the Obligors in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Noteholders and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Noteholders.
4.7.
Part of Current Note Purchase Agreement; Future References, etc.
This Agreement shall be deemed to be, and is, a Financing Document. This Agreement shall be construed in connection with and as a part of the Note Purchase Agreement and, except as expressly amended by this Agreement, all terms, conditions and covenants contained in the Current Note Purchase Agreement are hereby ratified and shall be and remain in full force and effect. Any and all notices, requests, certificates and other instruments executed and delivered after the execution and delivery of this Agreement may refer to the Current Note Purchase Agreement without making specific reference to this Agreement, but nevertheless all such references shall include this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires.
4.8.
Affirmation of Obligations under Current Note Purchase Agreement and Notes; No Novation.
Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement is not intended to and shall not serve to effect a novation of the obligations under the Current Note Purchase Agreement. Instead, it is the express intention of the parties hereto to reaffirm the indebtedness created under the Current Note Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Agreement, and the Notes. The Obligors hereby acknowledge and affirm all of their respective obligations under the terms of the Current Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not be deemed, except as expressly provided herein, (a) to operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any of the Noteholders under the Current Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes, nor constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision thereunder, or (b) to prejudice any rights which any Noteholder now has or may have in the future under or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes or under applicable law.

6





[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Next page is signature page.]


7



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment No. 6 to Note Purchase Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer or agent thereof.

 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON'S, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON INVESTMENT COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON'S PRODUCTION COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Name:
Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99LTO, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations






 
 
 
AARON’S LOGISTICS, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON’S STRATEGIC SERVICES, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON'S PROCUREMENT
 
 
 
COMPANY, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS,
 
 
 
LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


    
            





 
 
 
Prog Finance Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance California, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Florida, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance New York, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Texas, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance North-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance South-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO California, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Florida, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO New York, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Texas, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO North-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO South-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO West, LLC,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROG LEASING, LLC, Sole
 
 
 
 
Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 






 
 
 
PANGO LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROG LEASING, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 








Accepted and Agreed:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted as of the date first above written.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
By:
PGIM, Inc.,
 
 
 
as investment manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE PRUDENTIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.
By:
Prudential Investment Management (Japan),
 
 
Inc., as Investment Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Investment Management, Inc.,
 
 
 
as Sub-Adviser
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 





THE GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Investment Management Japan Co., Ltd.,
 
as Investment Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PGIM, Inc.,
 
 
 
as Sub-Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 









EXHIBIT 10.2



AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of June 30, 2016, by and among (a) AARON’S, INC. , a Georgia corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”) and AARON INVESTMENT COMPANY , a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “ AIC ” and together with the Company, collectively, the “ Issuers ”), and (b) each of the Persons holding one or more Notes (as defined below) on the Third Amendment Effective Date (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Noteholders ”), with respect to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2014, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2014, and that certain Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2015 (as so amended and in effect immediately prior to giving effect to this Agreement, the “ Current Note Purchase Agreement and, as amended pursuant to this Agreement and as may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Issuers and each of the Noteholders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Current Note Purchase Agreement.
RECITALS:
A.     The Issuers and Noteholders are parties to the Current Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the Issuers issued and sold an aggregate principal amount of $225,000,000 of their 4.75% Series A Senior Notes due April 14, 2021 (the “ Notes ”) to the Noteholders;
B.     The Noteholders are the holders of all outstanding Notes; and
C.     The Issuers have requested, and the Noteholders have agreed to, certain amendments and modifications to the provisions of the Current Note Purchase Agreement, in connection with the proposed amendment to the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
AGREEMENT:
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Issuers and the Noteholders agree as follows:
1.
AMENDMENTS TO CURRENT NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.
Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by this Agreement as follows:
1.1.
Indebtedness.
Paragraph 6C(l) of the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:




“(l)    secured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (including any such Indebtedness resulting from any exercise of any incremental facility provisions) $110,000,000 under the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement, as may be amended and otherwise modified, so long as the terms of such facility are not amended to be more restrictive than those in effect on the Third Amendment Effective Date or in a manner that would be materially adverse to the holders of the Notes and all Indebtedness incurred thereunder remains non-recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Dent-A-Med Entities); and”
1.2.
Amendment and Restatement of the Definition of “Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement”.
The definition of “Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement” set forth in paragraph 10B of the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 18, 2011 by and among the Dent-A-Med Entities, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc.), as agent for the lenders thereunder as in effect on the Third Amendment Effective Date.

1.3.
Addition of the Definition of “Third Amendment Effective Date”.
The definition of “Third Amendment Effective Date” is hereby added to paragraph 10B of the Current Note Purchase Agreement in its proper alphabetical order to read in its entirety as follows:

Third Amendment Effective Date ” means June 30, 2016.

2.
WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.
To induce the Noteholders to enter into this Agreement, each of the Issuers represents and warrants to each of the Noteholders that as of the Third Amendment Effective Date:
2.1.
Corporate and Other Organization and Authority.
(a)    Each Issuer is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or limited liability company and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(b)    Each of the Issuers has the requisite organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Note Purchase Agreement.

2



2.2.
Authorization, etc.
This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on the part of the Issuers, as applicable. Each of this Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Issuer, enforceable, in each case, against such Issuer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by:
(a)    applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and
(b)    general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3.
No Conflicts, etc.
The execution and delivery by each Issuer of this Agreement and the performance by such Issuer of its obligations under each of this Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement do not conflict with, result in any breach in any of the provisions of, constitute a default under, violate or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property of such Issuer under the provisions of:
(a)    any charter document, constitutive document, agreement with shareholders or members, bylaws or any other organizational or governing agreement of such Issuer;
(b)    any agreement, instrument or conveyance by which such Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected; or
(c)    any statute, rule or regulation or any order, judgment or award of any court, tribunal or arbitrator by which such Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected.
2.4.
Governmental Consent.
The execution and delivery by the Issuers of this Agreement and the performance by the Issuers of their respective obligations hereunder and under the Note Purchase Agreement do not require any consents, approvals or authorizations of, or filings, registrations or qualifications with, any Governmental Authority on the part of any Issuer.
2.5.
No Defaults.
No event has occurred and is continuing and no condition exists which, immediately before or immediately after giving effect to the amendments provided for in this Agreement, constitutes or would constitute a Default or an Event of Default.
2.6.    Representations in Note Purchase Agreement.

3



After giving effect to this Agreement, the representations and warranties contained in the Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Third Amendment Effective Date.
3.
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS OF AMENDMENTS.
The amendment of the Current Note Purchase Agreement as set forth in this Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “ Third Amendment Effective Date ”), provided that each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:
(a)     the Noteholders shall have received a fully executed copy of this Agreement executed by the Issuers and the Noteholders;
(b)     the Noteholders shall have received a fully executed copy of the Reaffirmation of Guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit A executed by the Subsidiary Guarantors;
(c)    the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement shall be true and correct on such date;
(d)    the Noteholders shall have received fully executed copies of the following:
(i)     that certain Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among, inter alios , the Company, AIC, and the MetLife Parties,
(ii)     that certain Amendment No. 6 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among, inter alios , the Company, AIC and the Existing Noteholders,
(iii)     that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date (the “ Credit Agreement Amendment ”), by and among, inter alios , the Company, SunTrust Bank, acting as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and in certain other capacities, and each of the lenders party thereto,
(iv)     that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan Facility Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date (the “ Loan Facility Amendment ”), by and among, inter alios , the Company, SunTrust and the other financial institutions party thereto, and
(v)     that certain Twelfth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Dent-A-Med Entities, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc.), as agent for the lenders thereunder,
and each of the amendments referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) to (v), inclusive, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Noteholders and shall have become effective prior to or concurrent with the effectiveness of this Agreement; and

4



(e)    the Company shall have paid all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Noteholders incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
4.
MISCELLANEOUS.
4.1.
Governing Law.
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.
4.2.
Duplicate Originals; Electronic Signature.
Two or more duplicate originals of this Agreement may be signed by the parties, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and shall be effective when at least one counterpart shall have been executed by each party hereto, and each set of counterparts that, collectively, show execution by each party hereto shall constitute one duplicate original. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
4.3.
Waiver and Amendments.
Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, or by any action or inaction, but only by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties signatory hereto.
4.4.
Costs and Expenses.
Whether or not the amendments contemplated by this Agreement become effective, each of the Issuers confirms its obligation under paragraph 11B of the Note Purchase Agreement and agrees that, on the Third Amendment Effective Date (or if an invoice is delivered subsequent to the Third Amendment Effective Date or if such amendments do not become effective, promptly after receiving any statement or invoice therefor), it will pay all costs and expenses of the Noteholders relating to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the statement for reasonable fees and disbursements of the Noteholders’ special counsel presented to the Company on the Third Amendment Effective Date. The Issuers will also promptly pay, upon receipt thereof, each additional statement for reasonable fees and disbursements of the Noteholders’ special counsel rendered after the Third Amendment Effective Date in connection with this Agreement.

5



4.5.
Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto. The provisions hereof are intended to be for the benefit of the Noteholders and shall be enforceable by any successor or assign of any such Noteholder, whether or not an express assignment of rights hereunder shall have been made by such Noteholder or its successors and assigns.
4.6.
Survival.
All warranties, representations, certifications and covenants made by the Issuers in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Noteholders and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Noteholders.
4.7.
Part of Current Note Purchase Agreement; Future References, etc.
This Agreement shall be deemed to be, and is, a Financing Document. This Agreement shall be construed in connection with and as a part of the Note Purchase Agreement and, except as expressly amended by this Agreement, all terms, conditions and covenants contained in the Current Note Purchase Agreement are hereby ratified and shall be and remain in full force and effect. Any and all notices, requests, certificates and other instruments executed and delivered after the execution and delivery of this Agreement may refer to the Current Note Purchase Agreement without making specific reference to this Agreement, but nevertheless all such references shall include this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires.
4.8.
Affirmation of Obligations under Current Note Purchase Agreement and Notes; No Novation.
Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement is not intended to and shall not serve to effect a novation of the obligations under the Current Note Purchase Agreement. Instead, it is the express intention of the parties hereto to reaffirm the indebtedness created under the Current Note Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Agreement, and the Notes. The Issuers hereby acknowledge and affirm all of their respective obligations under the terms of the Current Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not be deemed, except as expressly provided herein, (a) to operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any of the Noteholders under the Current Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes, nor constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision thereunder, or (b) to prejudice any rights which any Noteholder now has or may have in the future under or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes or under applicable law.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Next page is signature page.]


6



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer or agent thereof.

 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ISSUERS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON'S, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON INVESTMENT COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 







Accepted and Agreed:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted as of the date first above written.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIBERTY NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 







FARMERS INSURANCE EXCHANGE
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WILLIAM PENN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
OF NEW YORK
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FARMERS NEW WORLD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 







ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MID CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN INCOME LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 





GLOBE LIFE AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE
COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FAMILY HERITAGE LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY OF AMERICA
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.,
 
 
 
as Investment Advisor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.,
 
 
 
as its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Name:
Ashley Dexter
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






EXHIBIT A

Reaffirmation of Guarantee

Dated: June 30, 2016

Reference is made to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2014, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2014, and that certain Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2015 (as so amended, the “ Current Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among Aaron’s, Inc., a Georgia corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), and Aaron Investment Company, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “ AIC ”, and together with the Company, collectively, the “ Issuers ”), and each of the Persons holdings one or more of the Company’s 4.75% Series A Senior Notes due April 14, 2021 (the “ Notes ”) on the date hereof (collectively, the “ Noteholders ”) . The Current Note Purchase Agreement is being amended pursuant to the terms of that certain Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith (the “ Amendment Agreement ”; and the Current Note Purchase Agreement, as amended by the Amendment Agreement, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Amended NPA ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Amended NPA.

Each of the undersigned Subsidiaries (each a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”) is a party to that certain Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2014 (the “ Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement ”). Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Amendment Agreement, (ii) consents to the Issuers’ execution and delivery of the Amendment Agreement, (iii) acknowledges and affirms that nothing contained in the Amendment Agreement shall modify in any respect whatsoever its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement and reaffirms that the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and (iv) acknowledges and agrees that, for the avoidance of doubt, Guaranteed Obligations (as such term is defined in the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement) include obligations in respect of the Amended NPA. Although each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has been informed of the matters set forth herein and has acknowledged and agreed to the same, each Subsidiary Guarantor understands that the Noteholders have no obligation to inform any Subsidiary Guarantor of such matters in the future or to seek any Subsidiary Guarantor’s acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.


[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; next page is signature page.]






 
 
 
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON'S PRODUCTION COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Name:
Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99LTO, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON’S LOGISTICS, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON’S STRATEGIC SERVICES, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 





 
 
 
AARON'S PROCUREMENT
 
 
 
COMPANY, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS,
 
 
 
LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






 
 
 
Prog Finance Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance California, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Florida, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance New York, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Texas, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance North-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance South-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO California, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Florida, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO New York, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Texas, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO North-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO South-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO West, LLC,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROG LEASING, LLC, Sole
 
 
 
 
Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 






 
 
 
PANGO LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROG LEASING, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






EXHIBIT 10.3


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of June 30, 2016, by and among (a) AARON’S, INC. , a Georgia corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”) and AARON INVESTMENT COMPANY , a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “ AIC ” and together with the Company, collectively, the “ Issuers ”), and (b) each of the Persons holding one or more Notes (as defined below) on the Third Amendment Effective Date (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Noteholders ”), with respect to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2014, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2014, and that certain Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2015 (as so amended and in effect immediately prior to giving effect to this Agreement, the “ Current Note Purchase Agreement and, as amended pursuant to this Agreement and as may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Issuers and each of the Noteholders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Current Note Purchase Agreement.
RECITALS:
A.     The Issuers and Noteholders are parties to the Current Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the Issuers issued and sold an aggregate principal amount of $75,000,000 of their 4.75% Series B Senior Notes due April 14, 2021 (the “ Notes ”) to the Noteholders;
B.     The Noteholders are the holders of all outstanding Notes; and
C.     The Issuers have requested, and the Noteholders have agreed to, certain amendments and modifications to the provisions of the Current Note Purchase Agreement, in connection with the proposed amendment to the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
AGREEMENT:
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Issuers and the Noteholders agree as follows:
1.
AMENDMENTS TO CURRENT NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.
Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by this Agreement as follows:
1.1.
Indebtedness.
Paragraph 6C(l) of the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“(l)    secured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (including any such Indebtedness resulting from any exercise of any incremental facility




provisions) $110,000,000 under the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement, as may be amended and otherwise modified, so long as the terms of such facility are not amended to be more restrictive than those in effect on the Third Amendment Effective Date or in a manner that would be materially adverse to the holders of the Notes and all Indebtedness incurred thereunder remains non-recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Dent-A-Med Entities); and”
1.2.
Amendment and Restatement of the Definition of “Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement”.
The definition of “Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement” set forth in paragraph 10B of the Current Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 18, 2011 by and among the Dent-A-Med Entities, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc.), as agent for the lenders thereunder as in effect on the Third Amendment Effective Date.

1.3.
Addition of the Definition of “Third Amendment Effective Date”.
The definition of “Third Amendment Effective Date” is hereby added to paragraph 10B of the Current Note Purchase Agreement in its proper alphabetical order to read in its entirety as follows:

Third Amendment Effective Date ” means June 30, 2016.

2.
WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.
To induce the Noteholders to enter into this Agreement, each of the Issuers represents and warrants to each of the Noteholders that as of the Third Amendment Effective Date:
2.1.
Corporate and Other Organization and Authority.
(a)    Each Issuer is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or limited liability company and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(b)    Each of the Issuers has the requisite organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Note Purchase Agreement.

2



2.2.
Authorization, etc.
This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on the part of the Issuers, as applicable. Each of this Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Issuer, enforceable, in each case, against such Issuer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by:
(a)    applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and
(b)    general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3.
No Conflicts, etc.
The execution and delivery by each Issuer of this Agreement and the performance by such Issuer of its obligations under each of this Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement do not conflict with, result in any breach in any of the provisions of, constitute a default under, violate or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property of such Issuer under the provisions of:
(a)    any charter document, constitutive document, agreement with shareholders or members, bylaws or any other organizational or governing agreement of such Issuer;
(b)    any agreement, instrument or conveyance by which such Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected; or
(c)      any statute, rule or regulation or any order, judgment or award of any court, tribunal or arbitrator by which such Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected.
2.4.
Governmental Consent.
The execution and delivery by the Issuers of this Agreement and the performance by the Issuers of their respective obligations hereunder and under the Note Purchase Agreement do not require any consents, approvals or authorizations of, or filings, registrations or qualifications with, any Governmental Authority on the part of any Issuer.
2.5.
No Defaults.
No event has occurred and is continuing and no condition exists which, immediately before or immediately after giving effect to the amendments provided for in this Agreement, constitutes or would constitute a Default or an Event of Default.
2.6.    Representations in Note Purchase Agreement.

3



After giving effect to this Agreement, the representations and warranties contained in the Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Third Amendment Effective Date.
3.
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS OF AMENDMENTS.
The amendment of the Current Note Purchase Agreement as set forth in this Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “ Third Amendment Effective Date ”), provided that each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:
(a)     the Noteholders shall have received a fully executed copy of this Agreement executed by the Issuers and the Noteholders;
(b)     the Noteholders shall have received a fully executed copy of the Reaffirmation of Guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit A executed by the Subsidiary Guarantors;
(c)    the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement shall be true and correct on such date;
(d)    the Noteholders shall have received fully executed copies of the following:
(i)     that certain Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among, inter alios , the Company, AIC, and the Prudential Parties,
(ii)     that certain Amendment No. 6 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among, inter alios , the Company, AIC and the Existing Noteholders,
(iii)     that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date (the “ Credit Agreement Amendment ”), by and among, inter alios , the Company, SunTrust Bank, acting as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and in certain other capacities, and each of the lenders party thereto,
(iv)     that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan Facility Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date (the “ Loan Facility Amendment ”), by and among, inter alios , the Company, SunTrust and the other financial institutions party thereto, and
(v)    that certain Twelfth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Dent-A-Med Entities, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc.), as agent for the lenders thereunder,

4



and each of the amendments referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) to (v), inclusive, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Noteholders and shall have become effective prior to or concurrent with the effectiveness of this Agreement; and
(e)    the Company shall have paid all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Noteholders incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
4.
MISCELLANEOUS.
4.1.
Governing Law.
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.
4.2.
Duplicate Originals; Electronic Signature.
Two or more duplicate originals of this Agreement may be signed by the parties, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and shall be effective when at least one counterpart shall have been executed by each party hereto, and each set of counterparts that, collectively, show execution by each party hereto shall constitute one duplicate original. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
4.3.
Waiver and Amendments.
Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, or by any action or inaction, but only by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties signatory hereto.
4.4.
Costs and Expenses.
Whether or not the amendments contemplated by this Agreement become effective, each of the Issuers confirms its obligation under paragraph 11B of the Note Purchase Agreement and agrees that, on the Third Amendment Effective Date (or if an invoice is delivered subsequent to the Third Amendment Effective Date or if such amendments do not become effective, promptly after receiving any statement or invoice therefor), it will pay all costs and expenses of the Noteholders relating to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the statement for reasonable fees and disbursements of the Noteholders’ special counsel presented to the Company on the Third Amendment Effective Date. The Issuers will also promptly pay, upon receipt thereof, each additional statement for reasonable fees and disbursements of the Noteholders’ special counsel rendered after the Third Amendment Effective Date in connection with this Agreement.

5



4.5.
Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto. The provisions hereof are intended to be for the benefit of the Noteholders and shall be enforceable by any successor or assign of any such Noteholder, whether or not an express assignment of rights hereunder shall have been made by such Noteholder or its successors and assigns.
4.6.
Survival.
All warranties, representations, certifications and covenants made by the Issuers in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Noteholders and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Noteholders.
4.7.
Part of Current Note Purchase Agreement; Future References, etc.
This Agreement shall be deemed to be, and is, a Financing Document. This Agreement shall be construed in connection with and as a part of the Note Purchase Agreement and, except as expressly amended by this Agreement, all terms, conditions and covenants contained in the Current Note Purchase Agreement are hereby ratified and shall be and remain in full force and effect. Any and all notices, requests, certificates and other instruments executed and delivered after the execution and delivery of this Agreement may refer to the Current Note Purchase Agreement without making specific reference to this Agreement, but nevertheless all such references shall include this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires.
4.8.
Affirmation of Obligations under Current Note Purchase Agreement and Notes; No Novation.
Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement is not intended to and shall not serve to effect a novation of the obligations under the Current Note Purchase Agreement. Instead, it is the express intention of the parties hereto to reaffirm the indebtedness created under the Current Note Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Agreement, and the Notes. The Issuers hereby acknowledge and affirm all of their respective obligations under the terms of the Current Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not be deemed, except as expressly provided herein, (a) to operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any of the Noteholders under the Current Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes, nor constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision thereunder, or (b) to prejudice any rights which any Noteholder now has or may have in the future under or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes or under applicable law.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Next page is signature page.]


6



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer or agent thereof.

 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ISSUERS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON'S, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON INVESTMENT COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 










Accepted and Agreed:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted as of the date first above written.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY USA
by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager
 
 
 
 
 
NEW ENGLAND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager
 
 
 
 
 
GENERAL AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John A. Wills
 
 
 
Name:
John A. Wills
 
 
 
Title:
Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 








EXHIBIT A

Reaffirmation of Guarantee

Dated: June 30, 2016

Reference is made to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2014, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2014, and that certain Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2015 (as so amended, the “ Current Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among Aaron’s, Inc., a Georgia corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), and Aaron Investment Company, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “ AIC ”, and together with the Company, collectively, the “ Issuers ”), and each of the Persons holdings one or more of the Company’s 4.75% Series B Senior Notes due April 14, 2021 (the “ Notes ”) on the date hereof (collectively, the “ Noteholders ”) . The Current Note Purchase Agreement is being amended pursuant to the terms of that certain Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith (the “ Amendment Agreement ”; and the Current Note Purchase Agreement, as amended by the Amendment Agreement, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Amended NPA ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Amended NPA.

Each of the undersigned Subsidiaries (each a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”) is a party to that certain Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2014 (the “ Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement ”). Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Amendment Agreement, (ii) consents to the Issuers’ execution and delivery of the Amendment Agreement, (iii) acknowledges and affirms that nothing contained in the Amendment Agreement shall modify in any respect whatsoever its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement and reaffirms that the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and (iv) acknowledges and agrees that, for the avoidance of doubt, Guaranteed Obligations (as such term is defined in the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement) include obligations in respect of the Amended NPA. Although each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has been informed of the matters set forth herein and has acknowledged and agreed to the same, each Subsidiary Guarantor understands that the Noteholders have no obligation to inform any Subsidiary Guarantor of such matters in the future or to seek any Subsidiary Guarantor’s acknowledgment or agreement to future amendments, waivers or consents, and nothing herein shall create such a duty.


[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; next page is signature page.]





 
 
 
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON'S PRODUCTION COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Name:
Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99LTO, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON’S LOGISTICS, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON’S STRATEGIC SERVICES, LLC
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 













 
 
 
 
AARON’S PROCUREMENT COMPANY, LLC
 
 
 
 
By Aaron's, Inc., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 







 
 
 
Prog Finance Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance California, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Florida, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance New York, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Texas, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance North-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance South-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO California, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Florida, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO New York, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Texas, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO North-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO South-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO West, LLC,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROG LEASING, LLC, Sole
 
 
 
 
Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 






 
 
 
PANGO LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROG LEASING, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 








EXHIBIT 10.4

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT dated June 30, 2016 (this “Amendment”) is entered into among Aaron’s, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Borrowe r ”), the Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank, entered into that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of April 14, 2014 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2014, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of September 11, 2015 and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested certain amendments to the Credit Agreement, in connection with a proposed amendment to the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Lenders agree to such requested amendments subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.     Amendments to Credit Agreement . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a)    The following definition is added in the appropriate alphabetical order to Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement:
Third Amendment Effective Date ” means June 30, 2016.
(b)    The definition of “ Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement ” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended to read as follows:
Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 18, 2011 by and among the Dent-A-Med Entities, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc.), as agent for the lenders thereunder as in effect on the Third Amendment Effective Date.
(c)    Section 7.1(k) of the Credit Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
(k)    secured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (including any such Indebtedness resulting from any exercise of any incremental facility provisions) $110,000,000 under the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement, as may be amended and otherwise modified, so long as the terms of such facility are not amended to be more restrictive than those in effect on the Third Amendment Effective Date or in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders and all Indebtedness

1

 

incurred thereunder remains non-recourse to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Dent-A-Med Entities); and
2.     Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall be effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent in each case in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
(a)     Amendment . Receipt of a counterpart of this Amendment signed by each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.
(b)     Amendments to Loan Facility Documents . The Loan Facility Agreement and the other Loan Facility Documents shall have been amended and restated in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(c)     Amendments to Note Agreements . The Note Agreements shall have been (or shall be substantially simultaneously herewith) amended in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d)     Representations and Warranties . At the time of and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment on the Third Amendment Effective Date, all representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects); provided , that to the extent such representation or warranty relates to a specific prior date, such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) only as of such specific prior date.
(e)     Fees and Attorney Costs . Receipt by the Administrative Agent of all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date, including reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder, under any other Loan Document and under any agreement with the Administrative Agent.
3.     Miscellaneous .
(a)    This Amendment shall be deemed to be, and is, a Loan Document.
(b)    Each Loan Party (i) acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Amendment, (ii) agrees that this Amendment and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge its obligations under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any certificates, documents, agreements and instruments executed in connection therewith, (iii) affirms all of its obligations under the Loan Documents, (iv) affirms that each of the Liens granted in or pursuant to the Loan Documents are valid and subsisting and (v) agrees that this Amendment shall in no manner impair or otherwise adversely affect any of the Liens granted in or pursuant to the Loan Documents.
(c)    Effective as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, all references to the Credit Agreement in each of the Loan Documents shall hereafter mean the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

2

 

(d)    Each of the Loan Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties as follows:
(i)    such Loan Party has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment;
(ii)    this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitutes such Loan Party’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (B) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity); and
(iii)    no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Amendment.
(e)    This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telecopy, pdf or other similar electronic transmission shall be effective as an original and shall constitute a representation that an executed original shall be delivered.
(f)    This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof) of the State of Georgia.

[Signature pages follow]




3




IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
BORROWER:
 
 
AARON’S, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
GUARANTORS:
 
 
AARON INVESTMENT COMPANY,
 
 
 
as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON’S PRODUCTION COMPANY,
 
 
 
as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Name:
Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99LTO, LLC,
 
 
 
AARON’S LOGISTICS, LLC,
 
 
 
AARON’S PROCUREMENT COMPANY, LLC,
 
 
 
AARON’S STRATEGIC SERVICES, LLC,
 
 
 
each as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
AARON’S, INC., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC,
 
 
 
as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prog Finance Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance California, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Florida, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance New York, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Texas, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance North-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance South-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO California, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Florida, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO New York, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Texas, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO North-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO South-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO West, LLC,
 
 
 
each as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROG LEASING, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
           HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
PANGO LLC, as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC,
 
 
 
 
Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROG LEASING, LLC, as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC,
 
 
 
 
Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
 
 
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
 
SUNTRUST BANK,
 
 
 
as Administrative Agent, as Issuing Bank, as
 
 
 
Swingline Lender and as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Tesha Winslow
 
 
 
Name:
Tesha Winslow
 
 
 
Title:
Director






Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LENDERS:
 
 
Regions Bank,
 
 
 
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ J. Ryan Hammack
 
 
 
Name:
J. Ryan Hammack
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President


Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY,
 
 
 
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Bradley B. Sands
 
 
 
Name:
Bradley Sands
 
 
 
Title:
Assistant Vice President

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
 
 
 
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan Maples
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan Maples
 
 
 
Title:
Senior Vice President

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SYNOVUS BANK,
 
 
 
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Terry Herron
 
 
 
Name:
Terry Herron
 
 
 
Title:
Senior Director, Corporate Banking

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIFTH THIRD BANK,
 
 
 
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Mary Ramsey
 
 
 
Name:
Mary Ramsey
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CITIZENS BANK, N.A.,
 
 
 
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Peter van der Horst
 
 
 
Name:
Peter van der Horst
 
 
 
Title:
Senior Vice President


Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
Aaron's, Inc.


EXHIBIT 10.5

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT dated June 30, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into among Aaron’s, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “ Sponsor ”), the Guarantors, the Participants party hereto and SunTrust Bank, as Servicer. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Facility Agreement (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Sponsor, the Participants and SunTrust Bank, as Servicer, entered into that certain Third Amended and Restated Loan Facility Agreement dated as of April 14, 2014 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan Facility Agreement dated as of December 9, 2014, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan Facility Agreement dated as of September 11, 2015, as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Loan Facility Agreement dated as of December 4, 2015 and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Facility Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, the Sponsor has requested certain amendments to the Loan Facility Agreement, in connection with a proposed amendment to the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Participants agree to such requested amendments subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.     Amendments to Loan Facility Agreement . The Loan Facility Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a)    The following definition is added in the appropriate alphabetical order to Section 1.1 of the Loan Facility Agreement:
Fourth Amendment Effective Date ” means June 30, 2016.
(b)    The definition of “ Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement ” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Facility Agreement is amended to read as follows:
Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 18, 2011 by and among the Dent-A-Med Entities, as co-borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc.), as agent for the lenders thereunder as in effect on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.
(c)    Section 8.1(l) of the Loan Facility Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
(l)    secured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (including any such Indebtedness resulting from any exercise of any incremental facility provisions) $110,000,000 under the Dent-A-Med Credit Agreement, as may be amended and otherwise modified, so long as the terms of such facility are not amended to be more restrictive than those in effect on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date or in a manner materially adverse to the Participants and all Indebtedness

1

 

incurred thereunder remains non-recourse to the Sponsor or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Dent-A-Med Entities); and
2.     Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall be effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent in each case in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer and each Participant:
(a)     Amendment . Receipt of a counterpart of this Amendment signed by each of the Credit Parties, the Participants and the Servicer.
(b)     Amendments to Credit Documents . The Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall have been amended in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer.
(c)     Amendments to Note Agreements . The Note Agreements shall have been (or shall be substantially simultaneously herewith) amended in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer.
(d)     Representations and Warranties . At the time of and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, all representations and warranties of each Credit Party set forth in the Operative Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects); provided , that to the extent such representation or warranty relates to a specific prior date, such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) only as of such specific prior date.
(e)     Fees and Attorney Costs . Receipt by the Servicer of all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, including reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Servicer) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Sponsor hereunder, under any other Operative Document and under any agreement with the Servicer.
3.     Miscellaneous .
(a)    This Amendment shall be deemed to be, and is, an Operative Document.
(b)    Each Credit Party (i) acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Amendment, (ii) agrees that this Amendment and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge its obligations under the Loan Facility Agreement or the other Operative Documents or any certificates, documents, agreements and instruments executed in connection therewith, (iii) affirms all of its obligations under the Operative Documents, (iv) affirms that each of the Liens granted in or pursuant to the Operative Documents are valid and subsisting and (v) agrees that this Amendment shall in no manner impair or otherwise adversely affect any of the Liens granted in or pursuant to the Operative Documents.
(c)    Effective as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, all references to the Loan Facility Agreement in each of the Operative Documents shall hereafter mean the Loan Facility Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
(d)    Each of the Credit Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Servicer and the Credit Parties as follows:

2



 

(i)    such Credit Party has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment;
(ii)    this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Credit Party and constitutes such Credit Party’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (B) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity); and
(iii)    no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of this Amendment.
(e)    This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telecopy, pdf or other similar electronic transmission shall be effective as an original and shall constitute a representation that an executed original shall be delivered.
(f)    This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof) of the State of Georgia.

[Signature pages follow]




3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
SPONSOR:
 
 
AARON’S, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
GUARANTORS:
 
 
AARON INVESTMENT COMPANY,
 
 
 
as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AARON’S PRODUCTION COMPANY,
 
 
 
as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Name:
Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99LTO, LLC,
 
 
 
AARON’S LOGISTICS, LLC,
 
 
 
AARON’S PROCUREMENT COMPANY, LLC,
 
 
 
AARON’S STRATEGIC SERVICES, LLC,
 
 
 
each as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
AARON’S, INC., as sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Name:
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer and
 
 
 
 
President, Strategic Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.







 
 
 
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC,
 
 
 
as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prog Finance Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance California, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Florida, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance New York, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Texas, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance North-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance South-East, LLC
 
 
 
Prog Finance West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Arizona, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO California, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Florida, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Georgia, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Illinois, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Michigan, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO New York, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Ohio, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Texas, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO Mid-West, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO North-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO South-East, LLC
 
 
 
NPRTO West, LLC,
 
 
 
each as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROG LEASING, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: PROGRESSIVE FINANCE
 
 
 
 
           HOLDINGS, LLC, Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PANGO LLC, as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC,
 
 
 
 
Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROG LEASING, LLC, as a Guarantor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
PROGRESSIVE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC,
 
 
 
 
Sole Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan K. Woodley
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SERVICER:
 
 
SUNTRUST BANK,
 
 
 
as Servicer and as a Participant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Tesha Winslow
 
 
 
Name:
Tesha Winslow
 
 
 
Title:
Director

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARTICIPANTS:
 
 
REGIONS BANK,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ J. Ryan Hammack
 
 
 
Name:
J. Ryan Hammack
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARTICIPANTS:
 
 
BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST
 
 
 
COMPANY
 
 
 
as a Participant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Bradley B. Sands
 
 
 
Name:
Bradley Sands
 
 
 
Title:
Assistant Vice President

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARTICIPANTS:
 
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
 
 
 
as a Participant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Ryan Maples
 
 
 
Name:
Ryan Maples
 
 
 
Title:
Senior Vice President

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARTICIPANTS:
 
 
SYNOVUS BANK,
 
 
 
as a Participant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Terry Herron
 
 
 
Name:
Terry Herron
 
 
 
Title:
Senior Director, Corporate Banking

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARTICIPANTS:
 
 
FIFTH THIRD BANK,
 
 
 
as a Participant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Mary Ramsey
 
 
 
Name:
Mary Ramsey
 
 
 
Title:
Vice President

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARTICIPANTS:
 
 
CITIZENS BANK, N.A.,
 
 
 
as a Participant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Peter van der Horst
 
 
 
Name:
Peter van der Horst
 
 
 
Title:
Senior Vice President


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT
AARON’S, INC.





EXHIBIT 10.7

















AARON’S, INC.
EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT PLAN




















Amendment and Restatement
Effective January 1, 2016








AARON’S, INC.
EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT PLAN


Aaron’s, Inc. (the “Controlling Company”) hereby amends and restates the Aaron’s, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan and Trust, and renames it as the Aaron’s, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan (the “Plan”).

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

A.    The Plan was previously known as the Aaron Rents, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan and Trust, and was renamed as the Aaron’s, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan and Trust effective as of April 20, 2009. The Plan was previously amended and restated effective as of December 31, 2010, and was subsequently amended. The Plan as set forth in this document is intended to be a continuation of the Plan as previously in effect and to rename it as the Aaron’s, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan. The trust provisions are in a separate document effective December 15, 2015.

B.    The primary purpose of the Plan is to recognize the contributions made to the Controlling Company and its participating affiliates by employees and to reward those contributions by providing eligible employees with an opportunity to accumulate savings for their future security.

C.    The Controlling Company intends that the Plan be a profit sharing plan qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Plan is intended to be a safe harbor 401(k) plan pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11).

STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT

To amend and restate the Plan with the purposes and goals as hereinabove described, the Controlling Company hereby sets forth the terms and provisions as follows:






TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
PAGE
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
1
1.1
Account
1
1.2
ACP or Actual Contribution Percentage
1
1.3
ACP Tests
1
1.4
Active Participant
1
1.5
Administrative Committee
1
1.6
Affiliate
1
1.7
After-Tax Account
2
1.8
After-Tax Contributions
2
1.9
Annual Addition
2
1.10
Before-Tax Account
2
1.11
Before-Tax Contributions
2
1.12
Beneficiary
2
1.13
Board
2
1.14
Break in Service
2
 
(a)
General Rule
2
 
(b)
Family and Medical Leave
3
1.15
Catch-Up Contributions
3
1.16
Code
3
1.17
Company Stock
3
1.18
Company Stock Fund
3
1.19
Compensation
3
 
(a)
Benefit Compensation
3
 
(b)
Top-Heavy Compensation
4
 
(c)
Code Section 415 Compensation
5
 
(d)
Key Employee and Highly Compensated Employee Compensation
6
1.20
Contributions
6
1.21
Controlling Company
6
1.22
Covered Employee
6
1.23
Deferral Election
6
1.24
Defined Benefit Minimum
6
1.25
Defined Benefit Plan
6
1.26
Defined Contribution Minimum
6
1.27
Defined Contribution Plan
7
1.28
Determination Date
7
1.29
Disability or Disabled
7
1.30
Effective Date
7

i


1.31
Elective Deferrals
7
1.32
Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant
7
1.33
Eligible Participant
7
1.34
Eligible Retirement Plan
7
1.35
Eligible Rollover Distribution
8
1.36
Employee
8
1.37
Employment Date
8
1.38
Entry Date
8
1.39
ERISA
8
1.40
Forfeiture
9
1.41
Highly Compensated Employee
9
 
(a)
General Rule
9
 
(b)
Compliance with Code Section 414(q)
9
1.42
Hour of Service
9
 
(a)
General Rule
9
 
(b)
Equivalencies
10
 
(c)
Changes by Administrative Committee
10
 
(d)
Computation Period
11
1.43
Investment Committee
11
1.44
Investment Fund or Investment Funds
11
1.45
Key Employee
11
1.46
Leave of Absence
11
1.47
Limitation Year
11
1.48
Matching Account
11
1.49
Maximum Deferral Amount
11
1.50
Named Fiduciary
11
1.51
Nonelective Account
11
1.52
Nonelective Contributions
11
1.53
Non-Key Employee
11
1.54
Normal Retirement Age
11
1.55
Participant
12
1.56
Participant Contributions
12
1.57
Participating Company
12
1.58
Permissive Aggregation Group
12
1.59
Plan
12
1.60
Plan Year
12
1.61
Prior Plan
12
1.62
Qualified Military Service
12
1.63
Qualified Spousal Waiver
12
1.64
Required Aggregation Group
12
1.65
Rollover Account
12
1.66
Rollover Contribution
12
1.67
Roth Account
13

ii


1.68
Roth Contributions
13
1.69
Roth Rollover Account
13
1.70
Safe Harbor Matching Account
13
1.71
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
13
1.72
Spouse or Surviving Spouse
13
1.73
Supplemental Account
13
1.74
Supplemental Contributions
13
1.75
Top-Heavy Group
13
1.76
Top-Heavy Plan
13
1.77
Transfer Account
13
1.78
Transfer Contributions
14
1.79
Trust or Trust Agreement
14
1.80
Trust Fund
14
1.81
Trustee
14
1.82
Valuation Date
14
1.83
Year of Eligibility Service
14
 
(a)
Predecessor Plan
14
 
(b)
Predecessor Employer
14
 
(c)
Reemployed Veterans
15
1.84
Years of Vesting Service
15
 
(a)
Pre-Break Service
15
 
(b)
Post-Break Service
15
 
(c)
Predecessor Plan
15
 
(d)
Predecessor Employer
15
 
(e)
Reemployed Veterans
15
ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY
16
2.1
Initial Eligibility Requirements
16
 
(a)
General Rule
16
 
(b)
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions
16
 
(c)
Participation on Effective Date
16
 
(d)
New Participating Companies
16
2.2
Treatment of Interruptions of Service
16
 
(a)
Leave of Absence or Layoff
16
 
(b)
Termination Before Participation
16
 
(c)
Termination After Participation
17
2.3
Change in Status
17
 
(a)
Exclusion Before Participation
17
 
(b)
Exclusion After Participation
17
 
(c)
Change to Covered Employee Status
17
2.4
Participant Information
17
ARTICLE III CONTRIBUTIONS
18
3.1
Participant Contributions
18
 
(a)
Generally
18

iii


 
(b)
After-Tax Contributions
18
 
(c)
Deferral Elections
18
 
(d)
Catch-Up Contributions
19
 
(e)
Before-Tax and Roth Contributions
20
3.2
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
20
3.3
Nonelective Contributions
20
3.4
Form of Contributions
21
3.5
Timing of Contributions
21
 
(a)
Before-Tax and Roth Contributions
21
 
(b)
Company Contributions
21
3.6
Contingent Nature of Company Contributions
21
3.7
Restoration Contributions
21
 
(a)
Restoration Upon Buy-Back
21
 
(b)
Restoration of Forfeitures
22
 
(c)
Restoration Contribution
22
3.8
Reemployed Veterans
22
ARTICLE IV ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS BETWEEN PLANS
23
4.1
Rollover Contributions
23
 
(a)
Request by Covered Employee
23
 
(b)
Acceptance of Rollover
23
 
(c)
Rollovers to Roth Accounts
23
 
(d)
Separate Accounting for After-Tax Rollovers
23
4.2
Transfer Contributions
24
 
(a)
Direct Transfers Permitted
24
 
(b)
Mergers and Spin-Offs Permitted
24
 
(c)
Establishment of Transfer Accounts
24
 
(d)
Transfer Accounts
24
4.3
Spin-Offs to Other Plans
24
ARTICLE V PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS; CREDITING AND ALLOCATIONS
25
5.1
Establishment of Participants’ Accounts
25
5.2
Allocation and Crediting of Before-Tax, Roth, After-Tax, Safe Harbor Matching, Rollover and Transfer Contributions
25
5.3
Allocation and Crediting of Nonelective Contributions
25
5.4
Crediting of Restoration Contributions
26
5.5
Allocation and Crediting of Supplemental Contributions
26
 
(a)
General Provision
26
 
(b)
Per Capita Supplemental Contributions
26
 
(c)
Proportional Supplemental Contributions
26
 
(d)
Targeted Supplemental Contributions
26
 
(e)
Supplemental Matching Contributions
27
5.6
Allocation of Forfeitures
27
5.7
Allocation and Crediting of Investment Experience
27
5.8
Allocation of Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization
27

iv


5.9
Good Faith Valuation Binding
28
ARTICLE VI CONTRIBUTION AND SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS AND NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
29
6.1
Maximum Limitation on Elective Deferrals
29
 
(a)
Maximum Elective Deferrals Under Participating Company Plans
29
 
(b)
Return of Excess Participant Contributions
29
 
(c)
Return of Excess Elective Deferrals Provided by Other Participating Company Arrangements
29
 
(d)
Discretionary Return of Elective Deferrals
29
 
(e)
Return of Excess Annual Additions
30
 
(f)
Coordination of Before-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions
30
6.2
Nondiscrimination Requirements for Before-Tax and Roth Contributions
30
6.3
Nondiscrimination Requirements for After-Tax Contributions
30
 
(a)
ACP Tests
30
 
(b)
ACP or Actual Contribution Percentage
30
 
(c)
Adjustments to Actual Contribution Percentages
31
 
(d)
Multiple Plans
32
 
(e)
Separate Testing
32
 
(f)
Interpretation
32
6.4
Order of Application
33
6.5
Code Section 415 Limitations on Maximum Contributions
33
 
(a)
General Limit on Annual Additions
33
 
(b)
Rules of Application
33
 
(c)
Combined Plan Limit
34
 
(d)
Compliance with Code Section 415
34
6.6
Construction of Limitations and Requirements
34
ARTICLE VII INVESTMENTS
35
7.1
Establishment of Trust Account
35
7.2
Investment Funds
35
 
(a)
Establishment of Investment Funds
35
 
(b)
Reinvestment of Cash Earnings
35
7.3
Participant Direction of Investments
35
 
(a)
Investment of Contributions
35
 
(b)
Investment of Existing Account Balances
36
 
(c)
Conditions Applicable to Elections
36
 
(d)
Restrictions on Investments
36
 
(e)
Sales and Purchases of Company Stock
36
7.4
Valuation
37
7.5
Purchase of Life Insurance
37
7.6
Voting and Tender Offer Rights with Respect to Investment Funds
37
7.7
Fiduciary Responsibilities for Investment Directions
37
7.8
Appointment of Investment Manager; Authorization to Invest in Collective Trust
37
 
(a)
Investment Manager
37

v


 
(b)
Collective Trust
38
7.9
Voting and Tender Offer Rights With Respect to Company Stock
38
 
(a)
Voting Rights
38
 
(b)
Tender Offer Rights
38
 
(c)
Confidentiality
38
 
(d)
Dissemination of Pertinent Information
38
ARTICLE VIII VESTING IN ACCOUNTS
39
8.1
General Vesting Rule
39
 
(a)
Fully Vested Accounts
39
 
(b)
Matching and Nonelective Accounts
39
 
(c)
Transfer Accounts
39
8.2
Vesting Upon Attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Death or Disability
39
8.3
Timing of Forfeitures and Vesting after Restoration Contributions
39
 
(a)
Timing of Forfeitures
39
 
(b)
Reemployment and Vesting After Cash-Out Distribution
40
 
(c)
Reemployment and Vesting Before Any Distribution
40
8.4
Amendment to Vesting Schedule
40
 
(a)
Changes to Vesting of Future Contributions
40
 
(b)
Changes to Vesting of Existing Accounts
40
ARTICLE IX IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS
41
9.1
In-Service Withdrawals
41
 
(a)
General
41
 
(b)
Election to Withdraw
41
 
(c)
Payment of Withdrawal
41
 
(d)
Effect of Outstanding Loan
41
9.2
Hardship Withdrawals
41
 
(a)
Parameters of Hardship Withdrawals
41
 
(b)
Immediate and Heavy Financial Need
41
 
(c)
Necessary to Satisfy a Financial Need
42
9.3
Rollover Account Withdrawals
42
9.4
After-Tax Account Withdrawals
42
9.5
Age 59½ Withdrawals
42
9.6
Distributions and Withdrawals from Transfer Accounts
42
9.7
Loans to Participants
43
 
(a)
Grant of Authority
43
 
(b)
Nondiscriminatory Policy
43
 
(c)
Minimum Loan Amount
43
 
(d)
Maximum Loan Amount
43
 
(e)
Adequacy of Security
44
 
(f)
Rate of Interest
44
 
(g)
Crediting Loan Payments to Accounts
44
 
(h)
Remedies in the Event of Default
44
 
(i)
Suspension of Repayments for Leaves
45

vi


9.8
Transition Rule
45
ARTICLE X PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM ACCOUNTS
46
10.1
Benefits Payable for Reasons Other Than Death
46
 
(a)
General Rule Concerning Benefits Payable
46
 
(b)
Timing of Distribution
46
 
(c)
Restrictions on Distributions from Before-Tax, Roth, Safe Harbor Matching and Supplemental Accounts
47
 
(d)
Delay Upon Reemployment
48
10.2
Death Benefits
48
10.3
Forms of Distribution
48
 
(a)
Method
48
 
(b)
Direct Rollover Distributions
50
10.4
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
50
10.5
Beneficiary Designation
51
 
(a)
General
51
 
(b)
No Designation or Designee Dead or Missing
51
10.6
Forfeiture of Benefits by Killers
52
10.7
Claims
52
 
(a)
Participant Rights
52
 
(b)
Procedure
52
 
(c)
Review Procedure
53
 
(d)
Satisfaction of Claims
54
10.8
Explanation of Rollover Distributions
55
10.9
Unclaimed Benefits
55
10.10
Recovery of Mistaken Payments
55
10.11
Recordkeeper Transition Rule
55
ARTICLE XI ADMINISTRATION
56
11.1
Administrative Committee; Appointment and Term of Office
56
 
(a)
Appointment
56
 
(b)
Removal; Resignation
56
11.2
Organization of Administrative Committee
56
11.3
Powers and Responsibility
56
 
(a)
Fiduciary Responsibilities
56
 
(b)
Other Powers
57
11.4
Delegation
58
11.5
Reporting and Disclosure
58
11.6
Construction of the Plan
58
11.7
Assistants and Advisors
58
 
(a)
Engaging Advisors
58
 
(b)
Reliance on Advisors
59
11.8
Investment Committee
59
 
(a)
Appointment
59
 
(b)
Duties
59

vii


11.9
Direction of Trustee
59
11.10
Bonding
60
11.11
Indemnification
60
ARTICLE XII ALLOCATION OF AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
61
12.1
Controlling Company
61
 
(a)
General Responsibilities
61
 
(b)
Authority of Participating Companies
61
12.2
Administrative Committee
61
 
(a)
General Responsibilities
61
 
(b)
Allocation of Authority
61
12.3
Investment Committee
61
12.4
Trustee
62
12.5
Limitations on Obligations of Fiduciaries
62
12.6
Delegation
62
12.7
Multiple Fiduciary Roles
62
Article XIII AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND ADOPTION
63
13.1
Amendment
63
13.2
Termination
63
 
(a)
Right to Terminate
63
 
(b)
Vesting Upon Complete Termination
63
 
(c)
Dissolution of Trust
63
 
(d)
Vesting Upon Partial Termination
64
13.3
Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Company
64
 
(a)
Procedures for Participation
64
 
(b)
Single Plan
64
 
(c)
Authority under Plan
65
 
(d)
Contributions to Plan
65
 
(e)
Withdrawal from Plan
65
13.4
Merger, Consolidation and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities
65
ARTICLE XIV TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
66
14.1
Top-Heavy Plan Years
66
14.2
Determination of Top-Heavy Status
66
 
(a)
Application
66
 
(b)
Special Definitions
66
 
(c)
Special Rules
67
14.3
Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution
69
 
(a)
Multiple Defined Contribution Plans
69
 
(b)
Defined Contribution and Benefit Plans
69
 
(c)
Defined Contribution Minimum
69
 
(d)
Defined Benefit Minimum
69
14.4
Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting
70
14.5
Construction of Limitations and Requirements
70

viii


ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS
71
15.1
Nonalienation of Benefits and Spendthrift Clause
71
 
(a)
General Nonalienation Requirements
71
 
(b)
Exception for Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
71
 
(c)
Exception for Loans from the Plan
71
 
(d)
Exception for Crimes Against the Plan
71
15.2
Headings
72
15.3
Construction, Controlling Law
72
15.4
Legally Incompetent
72
15.5
Title to Assets, Benefits Supported Only By Trust Fund
72
15.6
Legal Action
73
15.7
Exclusive Benefit; Refund of Contributions
73
 
(a)
Permitted Refunds
73
 
(b)
Payment of Refund
73
 
(c)
Limitation on Refund
73
15.8
Plan Expenses
73
15.9
Satisfaction of Writing Requirement By Other Means
74
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE A
1
 
 
SCHEDULE B
1
 
 
SCHEDULE C
1




ix


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms, when used with an initial capital letter, will have the meanings set forth below unless a different meaning plainly is required by the context.

1.1      Account means, with respect to a Participant or Beneficiary, the amount of money or other property in the Trust Fund, as is evidenced by the last balance posted in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the account record established for such Participant or Beneficiary. The Administrative Committee, as required by the terms of the Plan and otherwise as it deems necessary or desirable in its sole discretion, may establish and maintain separate subaccounts for each Participant and Beneficiary. “Account” will refer to the aggregate of all separate subaccounts or to individual, separate subaccounts, as may be appropriate in context.
1.2      ACP or Actual Contribution Percentage means the percentage described in Section 6.3(b).
1.3     ACP Tests means the nondiscrimination tests described in Section 6.3.
1.4      Active Participant means, for any Plan Year (or any portion thereof), any Covered Employee who, pursuant to the terms of Article II, has been admitted to, and not removed from, active participation in the Plan since the last date his employment commenced or recommenced; provided, to the extent applicable, “Active Participant” will apply separately to each type of Contribution that has a different eligibility requirement under Section 2.1.
1.5      Administrative Committee means the committee which will act to administer the Plan as provided in Article XI. The Administrative Committee will be the plan administrator, as that term is defined in Code Section 414(g) and the administrator, as that term is defined in ERISA Section 3(16)(A). To the extent that an Administrative Committee is not appointed, the Controlling Company may act in lieu of the Administrative Committee.
1.6     Affiliate means, as of any date, (i) a Participating Company, and (ii) any company, person or organization which, on such date, (A) is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) as is a Participating Company; (B) is a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which controls, is controlled by or is under common control (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)) with a Participating Company; (C) is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes a Participating Company; or (D) is required to be aggregated with a Participating Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o). Solely for purposes of Sections 6.5, 1.19(a)(5) and 1.19(c), the term “Affiliate” as defined in this Section will be deemed to include any entity that would be an Affiliate if the phrase “more than 50 percent” were substituted for the phrase “at least 80 percent” in each place the latter phrase appears in Code Section 1563(a)(1).

1


1.7      After-Tax Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to After-Tax Contributions.
1.8      After-Tax Contributions means the after-tax employee contributions paid by a Participating Company to the Trust Fund at the election of Participants pursuant to the terms of Section 3.1(b).
1.9      Annual Addition means the sum of the amounts described in Code Section 415(c)(2).
1.10      Before-Tax Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to his Before-Tax Contributions.
1.11      Before-Tax Contributions means the amounts paid by each Participating Company to the Trust Fund at the election of Participants pursuant to the terms of Section 3.1(a) that the Participant has not irrevocably designated as Roth Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(e).
1.12      Beneficiary means the person(s) designated in accordance with Section 10.5 to receive any death benefits that may be payable under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.
1.13      Board means the board of directors of the Controlling Company. To the extent any committee of the Board has the authority to act on behalf of the Board, an action taken by such committee will be treated as an action by the Board.
1.14      Break in Service will have the meaning set forth in subsection (a) hereof, subject to the terms of subsection (b) hereof:
(a)      General Rule .
(1)     Subject to the terms of subsection (a)(2) hereof, “Break in Service” means, with respect to an Employee, any Plan Year during which such Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service, but excluding any Plan Year in which the Employee is on an authorized Leave of Absence on the last day of such Plan Year; provided, a Break in Service will not be deemed to have occurred during any period for which the Employee is granted a Leave of Absence if he returns to the service of an Affiliate within the time permitted. A Break in Service will be deemed to have commenced on the first day of the year in which it occurs.
(2)     For purposes of determining whether or not an Employee has incurred a Break in Service, and solely for the purpose of avoiding a Break in Service, an Employee absent from work due to a “Maternity or Paternity Leave” will be credited with (i) the number of Hours of Service with which he normally would have been credited but for the Maternity or Paternity Leave, or (ii) if the Administrative Committee is unable to determine the hours described in clause (i) hereof, 8 Hours of Service for each day of absence included in the Maternity or Paternity Leave; provided, the maximum number of Hours of Service credited for purposes of

2


this subsection (a)(2) will not exceed 501 hours. Hours of Service so credited will be applied only to the year in which the Maternity or Paternity Leave begins, unless such Hours of Service are not required to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break in Service for such year, in which event such Hours of Service will be credited to the Employee in the immediately following year. No Hour of Service will be credited due to Maternity or Paternity Leave as described in this subsection unless the Employee furnishes proof satisfactory to the Administrative Committee that his absence from work was due to a Maternity or Paternity Leave and of the number of days he was absent due to the Maternity or Paternity Leave. The Administrative Committee will prescribe uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures by which to make the above determinations. For purposes of this paragraph, a “Maternity or Paternity Leave” means any period during which an Employee is absent from work as an Employee (i) because of the pregnancy of such Employee, (ii) because of the birth of a child of such Employee, (iii) because of the placement of a child with such Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or (iv) for purposes of such Employee caring for a child immediately after the birth or placement of such child.
(b)      Family and Medical Leave . For purposes of determining whether or not an Employee has incurred a Break in Service, and solely for the purpose of avoiding a Break in Service, to the extent required under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 and the regulations thereunder, an Employee will be deemed to be performing services for an Affiliate during any period the Employee is granted leave under such Act.
1.15      Catch-Up Contributions means the additional Participant Contributions that may be made pursuant to the terms of Section 3.1(d) by Participants who have reached age 50 by the last day of a calendar year.
1.16      Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any succeeding federal tax provisions.
1.17      Company Stock means the $0.50 par value common stock of the Controlling Company.
1.18      Company Stock Fund means the Investment Fund invested primarily in shares of Company Stock.
1.19      Compensation will have the meaning set forth in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) hereof, whichever is applicable:
(a)      Benefit Compensation . For purposes of determining the amount of Participant Contributions and After-Tax Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1, determining the amount of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.2, determining the amount of Nonelective Contributions pursuant to Section 3.3, and for all other purposes except those set forth in subsections (b), (c) and (d) hereof, “Compensation” will mean, for any Plan Year or other period, the total of the amounts described in subsections (1) and (2), excluding the amounts described in subsections (3), (4), (5) and (6), as follows:

3


(1)      the Participant’s compensation from the Participating Companies that is currently includable in such Participant’s gross income for Federal income tax purposes; plus
(2)      any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by an Affiliate at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 457(b) or 132(f)(4); excluding
(3)      all amounts that consist of any reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash, including but not limited to all equity-based compensation), moving expenses, deferred compensation (including distributions from nonqualified deferred compensation plans) and welfare benefits (even if includible in gross income); excluding
(4)      all amounts that consist of any amounts paid or made available to Participant during the Plan Year while he is not an Active Participant; excluding
(5)      all amounts that would otherwise be considered Compensation under the above subsections (1) through (4) but which are paid after the Participant’s severance from employment with all Affiliates, except to the extent that (A) the Compensation is paid within 2½ months after severance from employment, and (B)(i) the Compensation is regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, and other similar payments, and the Compensation would have been paid to the Employee prior to severance from employment if the employee had continued in employment with an Affiliate; or (ii) the Compensation is payment for unused accrued bona fide vacation leave that the Employee would have been able to use if employment had continued and the Compensation would have been included in Compensation under the Plan if paid prior to severance from employment, and it is paid within 30 days after severance from employment. The exclusion under this subsection does not apply to payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for an Affiliate because of Qualified Military Service, to the extent the payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for an Affiliate rather than entering Qualified Military Service. For purposes of this subsection, a Participant will not be considered to have a severance from employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Participant’s new employer maintains the Plan as a Participating Company with respect to the Participant; excluding
(6)      all Compensation in excess of $200,000 or such other limit as is applicable for the Plan Year under Code Section 401(a)(17).
(b)      Top-Heavy Compensation . Solely for purposes of Section 14.3 (relating to minimum Contributions under a Top-Heavy Plan), “Compensation” will mean, with respect to a Participant for a specified period, the amounts described in subsections (1) and (2), excluding the amounts described in subsections (3) and (4), as follows

4


(1)      all amounts that are wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by an Affiliate (in the course of the Affiliate’s trade or business) for which the Affiliate is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 ( i.e. , all amounts reportable by Affiliates on IRS Form W-2); provided, such amounts will be determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)); plus
(2)      any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by an Affiliate at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 457(b) or 132(f)(4); excluding
(3)      all amounts that would otherwise be considered Compensation under the above subsections (1) and (2) but which are paid after the Participant’s severance from employment with all Affiliates, except to the extent that (A) the Compensation is paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of severance from employment, and (B)(i) the Compensation is regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, and other similar payments, and the Compensation would have been paid to the Employee prior to severance from employment if the employee had continued in employment with an Affiliate; or (ii) the Compensation is payment for unused accrued bona fide vacation leave that the Employee would have been able to use if employment had continued and the Compensation would have been included in Compensation under the Plan if paid prior to severance from employment, and it is paid within 30 days after severance from employment. The exclusion under this subsection does not apply to payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for an Affiliate because of Qualified Military Service, to the extent the payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for an Affiliate rather than entering Qualified Military Service. For purposes of this subsection, a Participant will not be considered to have a severance from employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Participant’s new employer maintains the Plan as a Participating Company with respect to the Participant; excluding
(4)      all Compensation in excess of $200,000 or such other limit as is applicable for the Plan Year under Code Section 401(a)(17).
(c)      Code Section 415 Compensation . Solely for purposes of Section 6.5 (relating to maximum contribution and benefit limitations under Code Section 415), “Compensation” will mean, with respect to a Participant for a Limitation Year, the total of the amounts from all Affiliates referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2), minus the amounts referred to in subsections (b)(3) and (b)(4).

5


(d)      Key Employee and Highly Compensated Employee Compensation . Solely for purposes of determining which Employees are Key Employees and which Employees are Highly Compensated Employees for any applicable Plan Year, “Compensation” will mean, with respect to an Employee for a specified Plan Year, the total of the amounts from all Affiliates referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) hereof, minus the amounts referred to in subsection (b)(3).
1.20      Contributions means, individually or collectively, the Before-Tax, Roth, After-Tax, Safe Harbor Matching, Nonelective, Rollover and Transfer Contributions permitted under the Plan.
1.21      Controlling Company means Aaron’s, Inc., and its successors that adopt the Plan.
1.22      Covered Employee means an Employee of a Participating Company other than:
(a)     An Employee who is a leased employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(n);

(b)     An individual classified as an independent contractor or leased employee under a Participating Company’s worker classification practices (whether or not such individual is actually an Employee);

(c)     An Employee who is included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more Participating Companies, provided that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between employee representatives and the Participating Company or Participating Companies, unless the terms of the collective bargaining agreement require that such Employee be eligible to participate in the Plan; or

(d)     An Employee who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from an Affiliate which constitutes income from sources within the United States.

1.23      Deferral Election means an election by an Active Participant directing the Participating Company of which he is an Employee to withhold a percentage of his current Compensation from his paychecks and to contribute such withheld amount to the Plan as Before-Tax, Roth and/or After-Tax Contributions, pursuant to the terms of Section 3.1.
1.24      Defined Benefit Minimum means the minimum benefit level as described in Section 14.3(d).
1.25      Defined Benefit Plan means any qualified retirement plan maintained by an Affiliate which is not a Defined Contribution Plan.
1.26      Defined Contribution Minimum means the minimum contribution level as described in Section 14.3(c).

6


1.27      Defined Contribution Plan means any qualified retirement plan maintained by an Affiliate which provides for an individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the participant’s account and any income, expenses, gains, losses and forfeitures of accounts of other participants that may be allocated to such participant’s account.
1.28      Determination Date means the date described in Section 14.2(b)(1).
1.29      Disability or Disabled means (i) with respect to a Participant whose initial Employment Date is before January 1, 2015, the permanent and lasting inability of the Participant, due to illness, accident or other physical or mental incapability, to perform his usual duties and services of his employment with the Affiliates; or (ii) with respect to a Participant whose initial Employment Date is on or after January 1, 2015, that the Participant is eligible to receive Social Security disability benefits.
1.30      Effective Date means January 1, 2016, the date that this restatement of the Plan generally will be effective; provided, any effective date specified herein for any provision, if different from the “Effective Date,” will control. The effective date of participation in the Plan for each Participating Company will be the date set forth with respect to the Participating Company in records of the Controlling Company or the Administrative Committee.
1.31      Elective Deferrals means, with respect to a Participant for any calendar year, the total amount of his Before-Tax and Roth Contributions plus such other amounts as determined pursuant to the terms of Code Section 402(g)(3).
1.32      Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant means, for a Plan Year, a Participant who (i) is not a Highly Compensated Employee, and (ii) is taken into account in performing the ACP Tests.
1.33      Eligible Participant means, with respect to an allocation of Nonelective Contributions for a Plan Year, any Active Participant who was in the active employ of an Affiliate on the last day of such Plan Year.
1.34      Eligible Retirement Plan means either (i) an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), (iii) a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) the terms of which permit the acceptance of rollover distributions, (iv) an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), (v) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), (vi) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred from the Plan, or (vii) a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A. This definition will also apply in the case of a distribution to a Surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). In the case of a distribution to a non-spouse Beneficiary, Eligible Retirement Plan will mean (i) an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), or (iii) a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, in each case established for the purpose of receiving the distribution on behalf of the Beneficiary.

7


1.35      Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution to a Participant, his Surviving Spouse (after his death), a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p), or a non-spouse Beneficiary, of all or any portion of his Account; provided, “Eligible Rollover Distribution” will not include (i) any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually, (A) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and his Beneficiary, or (B) for a specified period of 10 years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (iii) any distribution which is made upon hardship of the Participant; or (iv) the portion of the distribution that is not includible in gross income, except to the extent that it is transferred (A) in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to a qualified trust or to an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), and such trust or contract provides for separate accounting for amounts so transferred and earnings thereon, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of the distribution which is not so includible, or (B) to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract). For purposes of this definition, a Beneficiary does not include a Beneficiary that is not an individual, except a Beneficiary that is a trust, of which the beneficiaries are individuals or otherwise meet the requirements to be designated beneficiaries within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).
1.36      Employee means any individual who is employed by an Affiliate (including officers, but excluding independent contractors and directors who are not officers or otherwise employees) and will include leased employees of an Affiliate within the meaning of Code Section 414(n). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if leased employees constitute 20% or less of an Affiliate’s non-highly compensated work force within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii), the term “Employee” will not include those leased employees covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5)(B).
1.37      Employment Date means, with respect to any Employee, the date on which he first completes an Hour of Service. In the case of an Employee of an Affiliate who incurs a Break in Service and is reemployed, “Employment Date” will mean: (i) with respect to service before the Break in Service, the date determined pursuant to the preceding sentence; and (ii) with respect to service after the Break in Service, the date on which he first completes an Hour of Service after reemployment.
1.38      Entry Date means the first day of each calendar month. In addition, the Administrative Committee may prescribe and set forth on a schedule hereto or in its records a special Entry Date for individuals who are employed by a predecessor employer or a new Participating Company, and who otherwise have satisfied the requirements for eligibility.
1.39      ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

8


1.40      Forfeiture means, for any Plan Year, the dollar amount that is removed from the Account of an Employee, but not distributed, during such Plan Year.
1.41      Highly Compensated Employee means an Employee who is described either in subsection (a)(1) or (2), as modified by subsection (b) hereof.
(a)      General Rule .
(1)      An Employee who at any time during the current Plan Year or the immediately preceding Plan Year owned (or was considered as owning within the constructive ownership rules of Code Section 318 as modified by Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(iii)) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of a corporate Affiliate, stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of a corporate Affiliate, or more than 5% of the capital or profits interest in a noncorporate Affiliate; or
(2)      An Employee who at any time during the immediately preceding Plan Year received Compensation from an Affiliate in excess of $85,000 (as adjusted by the Internal Revenue Service under Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder for cost of living increases).
(b)      Compliance with Code Section 414(q) . The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.
1.42      Hour of Service means the increments of time described in subsection (a) hereof, as modified by subsections (b), (c) and (d) hereof:
(a)      General Rule .
(1)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Affiliate during the applicable computation period;
(2)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Affiliate on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or Leave of Absence; provided:
(A)      No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this subsection (2) to an Employee for any single continuous period during which he performs no duties as an Employee (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);
(B)      An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which he performs no duties as an Employee will not be credited as an Hour of Service if such payment is made or due

9


under a plan maintained solely to comply with applicable workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and
(C)      Hours of Service will not be credited to an Employee for a payment which solely reimburses such Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him.
For purposes of this subsection (2), a payment will be deemed to be made by or due from an Affiliate regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from an Affiliate directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund or insurer, to which the Affiliate contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate;

(3)      Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Affiliate; provided, the same Hours of Service will not be credited both under subsection (1) or subsection (2), as the case may be, and under this subsection (3); and, provided further, crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in subsection (2) will be subject to the limitations set forth in that subsection; and
(4)      Each hour for which an Employee is required to be granted leave under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994; provided, the same Hours of Service will not be credited under subsections (1), (2) or (3), as the case may be, and under this subsection (4).
(b)      Equivalencies . Each Employee for whom an Affiliate does not track records of actual Hours of Service will be credited, in accordance with this Section and applicable regulations promulgated by the Department of Labor, with (i) 45 Hours of Service for each week for which such Employee would be required to be credited with at least 1 Hour of Service, in the case of Employees paid through weekly payrolls; (ii) 90 Hours of Service for each pay period for which such Employee would be required to be credited with at least 1 Hour of Service, in the case of Employees paid through biweekly payrolls; and (iii) 95 Hours of Service for each pay period for which such Employee would be required to be credited with at least 1 Hour of Service, in the case of Employees paid through semimonthly payrolls.
(c)      Changes by Administrative Committee . The rate or manner used for crediting Hours of Service may be changed at the direction of the Administrative Committee from time to time so as to facilitate administration and to equitably reflect the purposes of the Plan; provided, no change will be effective as to any Plan Year for which allocations have been made pursuant to Article V at the time such change is made. Hours of Service will be credited and determined in compliance with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), 29 CFR Part 2530, as may be amended from time to time, or such other federal regulations as may from time to time be applicable.

10


(d)      Computation Period . For purposes of this Section, a “computation period” will mean the 12-month period that forms the basis for determining an Employee’s Year of Eligibility Service or Years of Vesting Service, as applicable.
1.43      Investment Committee means the committee which will make and effect investment decisions, as provided in Article XI. Unless specified otherwise, the Administrative Committee will serve as the Investment Committee. To the extent that neither an Administrative Committee nor an Investment Committee is appointed, the Controlling Company may act in lieu of the Investment Committee.
1.44      Investment Fund or Investment Funds means one or all of the investment funds established from time to time pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2.
1.45      Key Employee means the persons described in Section 14.2(b)(2).
1.46      Leave of Absence means an excused leave of absence granted to an Employee by an Affiliate in accordance with applicable federal or state law or the Affiliate’s personnel policy.
1.47     Limitation Year means the 12-month period ending on each December 31, which will be the “limitation year” for purposes of Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder.
1.48     Matching Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to amounts paid by each Participating Company to the Trust Fund as a match on Participant Contributions for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2013. Prior to January 1, 2013, the Plan was not a safe harbor plan under Code Section 401(m)(11), and matching contributions were not safe harbor matching contributions.
1.49     Maximum Deferral Amount means $18,000 or such other limit as applies for a Plan Year under Code Section 402(g), as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 402(g)(4) for cost-of-living increases. For Participants who have reached age 50 by the last day of a calendar year, the Maximum Deferral Amount will be increased by $6,000, or such other limit as applies for the Plan Year under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B), as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C) for cost-of-living increases.
1.50     Named Fiduciary means the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee.
1.51     Nonelective Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Nonelective Contributions.
1.52     Nonelective Contributions means the amounts paid to the Trust Fund by each Participating Company pursuant to Section 3.3.
1.53     Non-Key Employee means the persons described in Section 14.2(b)(3).
1.54     Normal Retirement Age means age 65.

11


1.55     Participant means any person who has been admitted to, and has not been removed from, participation in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article II. “Participant” will include Active Participants and former Employees who have Accounts under the Plan.
1.56     Participant Contributions means a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions.
1.57     Participating Company means a company that has been designated as participating in the Plan for the benefit of its Employees and that continues to participate in the Plan, all as provided in Section 13.3.
1.58     Permissive Aggregation Group means the group of plans described in Section 14.2(b)(4).
1.59     Plan means the Aaron’s, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan, as contained herein, and all amendments hereto. The Plan is intended to be a profit sharing plan qualified under Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k).
1.60     Plan Year means the 12-month period ending on each December 31.
1.61     Prior Plan means a qualified retirement plan from which the Plan accepts Transfer Contributions.
1.62     Qualified Military Service means any service in the uniformed services (as defined in Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code) by any individual if such individual is entitled to reemployment rights under such chapter with respect to such service.
1.63     Qualified Spousal Waiver means a written election executed by a Spouse, delivered to the Administrative Committee and witnessed by a notary public or a Plan representative, which consents to the payment of all or a specified portion of a Participant’s death benefit to a primary Beneficiary other than such Spouse and which acknowledges that such Spouse has waived his right to be the Participant’s primary Beneficiary under the Plan. A Qualified Spousal Waiver will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs it and will apply only to the alternative primary Beneficiary designated therein, unless the written election expressly permits other designations without further consent of the Spouse. A Qualified Spousal Waiver will be irrevocable unless revoked by the Participant by way of a written statement delivered to the Administrative Committee prior to the Participant’s date of death.
1.64     Required Aggregation Group means the group of plans described in Section 14.2(b)(5).
1.65     Rollover Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Covered Employee, Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Rollover Contributions.

12


1.66     Rollover Contribution means any eligible rollover distribution, as defined in Code Section 402(c)(4), to a Participant from an Eligible Retirement Plan, that is contributed as a rollover contribution to this Plan.
1.67     Roth Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to his Roth Contributions.
1.68     Roth Contributions means the portion of a Participant’s Participant Contributions that the Participant irrevocably designates as Roth Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(e).
1.69     Roth Rollover Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Covered Employee, Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Rollover Contributions that are direct rollovers from other Roth elective deferral accounts under applicable retirement plans described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).
1.70     Safe Harbor Matching Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.
1.71     Safe Harbor Matching Contributions means the amounts paid by each Participating Company to the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of Section 3.2.
1.72     Spouse or Surviving Spouse means, with respect to a Participant, the person who is treated as married to such Participant under the laws of any U.S. or foreign jurisdiction that has the legal authority to sanction marriages, determined in accordance with the requirements of the Code and ERISA. In addition, a Participant’s former Spouse will be treated as his Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
1.73     Supplemental Account means the separate subaccount established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Supplemental Contributions.
1.74     Supplemental Contributions means any qualified nonelective contributions (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-6) paid to the Trust Fund by a Participating Company.
1.75     Top-Heavy Group means the group of plans described in Section 14.2(b)(6).
1.76     Top-Heavy Plan means a plan to which the conditions set forth in Article XIV apply.
1.77     Transfer Account means one or more separate subaccounts established and maintained on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Transfer Contributions; provided, to the extent that the Administrative Committee (in conjunction with the Plan’s recordkeeper) deems appropriate, other subaccounts may be used to reflect Participant’s interests attributable to Transfer Contributions. “Transfer Account” will refer to the aggregate of all separate subaccounts established for Transfer Contributions or to individual, separate subaccounts appropriately

13


described, as may be appropriate in context. Transfer Accounts will be reflected and described on a Schedule hereto.
1.78     Transfer Contributions means amounts which are received by the Plan either (i) by a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer or (ii) as part of a spin-off, merger or other similar event by the Trustee from the trustee or custodian of the Prior Plan and held in the Trust Fund on behalf of a Participant or beneficiary. Transfer Contributions will retain the character that those contributions had under the Prior Plan; for example, after-tax contributions under the Prior Plan will continue to be treated as after-tax contributions when held in the Transfer Account.
1.79     Trust or Trust Agreement means each agreement entered into between the Controlling Company and a Trustee governing the creation of a Trust Fund, and all amendments thereto. If more than one Trust Fund is used to hold Plan assets, there will be a separate and distinct Trust and Trust Agreement for each such Trust Fund. To the extent indicated by the context, “Trust” or “Trust Agreement” may refer collectively to all Trusts and Trust Agreements creating Trust Funds.
1.80     Trust Fund means the total amount of cash and other property held by a Trustee (or any nominee thereof) at any time under a Trust Agreement. To the extent indicated by context, “Trust Fund” may refer to all of the Trust Funds under the Plan.
1.81     Trustee means the party or parties so designated from time to time pursuant to a Trust Agreement. If more than one Trust Fund is used to hold Plan assets, there may be a separate and distinct Trustee for each such Trust Fund. To the extent indicated by the context, “Trustee” may refer to all of the Trustees or Trustee groups for the Trust Funds.
1.82     Valuation Date means each day on which the Trustee operates and is open to the public for its business.
1.83     Year of Eligibility Service means a 12-consecutive-month period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. For this purpose, the computation period initially will be the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on the Employee’s Employment Date and thereafter will be each Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employee’s Employment Date.
(a)     Predecessor Plan . To the extent required by Code Section 414(a)(1) and not otherwise counted hereunder, if an Affiliate maintains a plan that is or was the qualified retirement plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s periods of employment with such predecessor employer will be taken into account in determining his Years of Eligibility Service.
(b)     Predecessor Employer . To the extent determined by the Administrative Committee, set forth on a schedule hereto (or in other records of the Administrative Committee), and not otherwise counted hereunder, an Employee’s periods of employment with one or more companies or enterprises acquired by or merged into, or all or a portion of the assets or business of which are acquired by, an Affiliate will be taken into account in determining his Years of Eligibility Service.

14


(c)     Reemployed Veterans . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Year of Eligibility Service will include any period of Qualified Military Service in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 414(u).
1.84     Years of Vesting Service means, with respect to an Employee and subject to the terms of subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) hereof, the number of Plan Years during which the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
(a)     Pre-Break Service . Years of Vesting Service completed prior to a period in which the Participant incurred 5 or more consecutive Breaks in Service will be disregarded under the Plan if the Participant had no vested interest in his Account at the time the first Break in Service commenced.
(b)     Post-Break Service . Years of Vesting Service completed after a period in which the Participant had at least 5 consecutive Breaks in Service will be disregarded for the purpose of determining his vested interest in that portion of his Account which accrued before such Breaks in Service.
(c)     Predecessor Plan . To the extent required by Code Section 414(a)(1) and not otherwise counted hereunder, if an Affiliate maintains a plan that is or was the qualified retirement plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s service with such predecessor employer will be taken into account in determining his Years of Vesting Service.
(d)     Predecessor Employer . To the extent determined by the Administrative Committee, set forth on a Schedule hereto (or in any other records of the Administrative Committee) and not otherwise counted hereunder, an Employee’s periods of employment with one or more companies or enterprises acquired by or merged into, or all or a portion of the assets or business of which are acquired by, an Affiliate will be taken into account in determining his Years of Vesting Service, provided that such Employee was employed by such company or enterprise on the effective date of the transaction and became an Employee as a result of such transaction.
(e)     Reemployed Veterans . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Years of Vesting Service will include any period of Qualified Military Service in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 414(u).

15


ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY
2.1     Initial Eligibility Requirements .
(a)     General Rule . Except as provided in subsections (b), (c) and (d) hereof, every Covered Employee will become an Active Participant for all purposes other than Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions on the Entry Date following his completion of 30 days of employment with the Affiliates, provided he is a Covered Employee on such Entry Date.
(b)     Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions . Except as provided in subsections (c) and (d) hereof, and solely for purposes of determining the amount and allocation of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions, every Covered Employee will become an Active Participant on the first day of the first payroll period that has a cutoff date on or after the date on which he first completes 1 Year of Eligibility Service, provided he is a Covered Employee on such date.
(c)     Participation on Effective Date . Each Covered Employee who is an Active Participant in the Plan for any purpose on the day immediately preceding the Effective Date will continue as an Active Participant in the Plan for such purpose in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
(d)     New Participating Companies . For Employees of companies that become Participating Companies after the Effective Date, each Covered Employee employed by a Participating Company on the date such Participating Company first becomes a Participating Company will become an Active Participant as of such Participating Company’s effective date under the Plan, to the extent, as of the Participating Company’s effective date, the Covered Employee has met the eligibility requirements set forth in this Section.
2.2     Treatment of Interruptions of Service .
(a)     Leave of Absence or Layoff . If a Covered Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1, but is on a Leave of Absence or layoff on the Entry Date on which he otherwise would have become an Active Participant, he will become an Active Participant on the date he subsequently resumes the performance of duties as a Covered Employee in accordance with the terms of his Leave of Absence or layoff.
(b)     Termination Before Participation . If a Covered Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1, terminates employment with a Participating Company (and all other Participating Companies) before the Entry Date on which he otherwise would become an Active Participant, and then is reemployed by a Participating Company, he will become an Active Participant as of the later of (i) the Entry Date on which he otherwise would have become an Active Participant if he had not terminated employment or (ii) the date he is reemployed as a Covered Employee.

16


(c)     Termination After Participation . If an Active Participant terminates employment with a Participating Company (and all other Participating Companies), his active participation in the Plan will cease immediately, and he again will become an Active Participant as of the day he again becomes a Covered Employee. However, regardless of whether he again becomes an Active Participant, he will continue to be a Participant until he no longer has an Account under the Plan.
2.3     Change in Status .
(a)     Exclusion Before Participation . If a Covered Employee (i) satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1, (ii) changes his employment status (but remains employed) so that he ceases to be a Covered Employee before the Entry Date on which he otherwise would become an Active Participant, and (iii) then again changes his employment status and becomes a Covered Employee, he will become an Active Participant as of the later of (A) the date that would have been his Entry Date, or (B) the date he again becomes a Covered Employee.
(b)     Exclusion After Participation . If an Active Participant changes his status of employment (but remains employed) so that he is no longer a Covered Employee, his active participation in the Plan will cease immediately, and he will again become an Active Participant in the Plan as of the day he again becomes a Covered Employee. However, regardless of whether he again becomes an Active Participant, he will continue to be a Participant until he no longer has an Account under the Plan.
(c)     Change to Covered Employee Status . If an Employee who first satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 while he is not a Covered Employee subsequently changes his employment status so that he becomes a Covered Employee, he will become an Active Participant as of the later of (i) the date that would have been his Entry Date, or (ii) the date of his change in status.
2.4     Participant Information .
Each Covered Employee who becomes a Participant will, as soon as practicable thereafter, execute and file with the Administrative Committee such personal information and data as the Administrative Committee deems necessary for the orderly administration of the Plan. In addition, each Participant will keep the Administrative Committee or its delegate or agent informed of any changes in such information, including changes to his address and the address(es) of his Beneficiary(ies).

17


ARTICLE III
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1     Participant Contributions .
(a)     Generally . Each Participating Company will contribute to the Plan, on behalf of each Active Participant employed by such Participating Company and for each regular payroll period and for each other payment of Compensation for which such Active Participant has a Deferral Election in effect with such Participating Company, a Participant Contribution in an amount equal to the amount by which such Active Participant’s Compensation has been reduced for such period pursuant to his Deferral Election. The amount of the Participant Contribution will be determined in increments of 1% of such Active Participant’s Compensation for Deferral Elections made on or after January 1, 2016. With respect to Participant Contributions, the Active Participant may elect to reduce his Compensation for any period by a minimum of 1% and a maximum of 75% (or such other minimum or maximum percentages and/or amounts established by the Administrative Committee from time to time); provided, the maximum limitations in Article VI will apply.
(b)     After-Tax Contributions . Each Participating Company will contribute to the Plan on behalf of each Active Participant employed by such Participating Company, and for each regular payroll period and for each other payment of Compensation (such as payment of a bonus) for which such Active Participant has a Deferral Election in effect with a Participating Company, an After-Tax Contribution in an amount equal to the amount of After-Tax Contributions taken from such Active Participant’s Compensation for such period pursuant to his Deferral Election. The amount of the After-Tax Contribution will be determined in increments of 1% of such Active Participant’s Compensation, for Deferral Elections made on or after January 1, 2016. With respect to After-Tax Contributions, the Active Participant may elect to reduce his Compensation for any period by a minimum of 1% and a maximum of 75% (or such other minimum or maximum percentages and/or amounts established by the Administrative Committee from time to time); provided, the total of a Participant’s Participant Contributions and After-Tax Contributions may not exceed 75% of such Participant’s Compensation, and the maximum limitations in Article VI will apply.
(c)     Deferral Elections . Each Active Participant who desires that his Participating Company make a Participant Contribution and/or After-Tax Contribution on his behalf may complete and deliver to the Participating Company (or its designee) a Deferral Election. Such Deferral Election will provide for the reduction of his Compensation for each payroll period and other payment of Compensation while he is an Active Participant. The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, will prescribe the form of all Deferral Elections and may also prescribe such nondiscriminatory terms and conditions governing Deferral Elections as it deems appropriate. Subject to any modifications, additions or exceptions which the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary, appropriate or helpful, the following provisions will apply to Deferral Elections:
(1)     Effective Date . An Active Participant’s initial Deferral Election will be effective as soon as practicable after the date on which the Deferral Election is processed by the Participating Company. If an Active Participant fails to submit a Deferral Election in a

18


timely manner, he will be deemed to have elected a Participant Contribution and After-Tax Contribution rate of zero percent.
(2)     Term . Each Active Participant’s Deferral Election will remain in effect in accordance with its original terms until the earliest of (A) the date the Active Participant’s Compensation ends because he ceases to be an Employee, (B) the date the Active Participant revokes such election pursuant to the terms of subsection (3) below, (C) the date the Participant’s contributions are suspended pursuant to Section 9.2(c), or (D) the date the Active Participant or the Administrative Committee modifies such Deferral Election pursuant to the terms of subsections (4) or (5) below. If a Participant is transferred from the employment of a Participating Company to the employment of another Participating Company, his Deferral Election with the first Participating Company will remain in effect and will apply to his Compensation from the second Participating Company until the earlier of (A), (B), (C) or (D) of the preceding sentence.
(3)     Revocation . An Active Participant may revoke his Deferral Election with a Participating Company in the manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee, and such revocation will be effective as soon as administratively practicable after being submitted in accordance with procedures established for the Plan. An Active Participant who revokes a Deferral Election may enter into a new Deferral Election in the manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee, effective as soon as administratively practicable after being submitted in accordance with procedures established under the Plan.
(4)     Modification by Participant . Effective as soon as administratively practicable after being submitted in accordance with procedures established under the Plan, an Active Participant may modify his existing Deferral Election to increase or decrease the percentage of his Participant Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions by making a new Deferral Election in the manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee.
(5)     Modification by Administrative Committee . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Committee may modify any Deferral Election of any Active Participant at any time by decreasing the percentage of any Participant Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions to any extent the Administrative Committee believes necessary to comply with the limitations described in Article VI.
(d)     Catch-Up Contributions . All Active Participants who have reached or will reach age 50 on or before the last day of a calendar year will be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of Code Section 414(v). Subject to the foregoing limitations and except as otherwise provided herein, such Catch-Up Contributions will be treated as Before-Tax and/or Roth (as applicable) Contributions for all purposes under the Plan. Catch-Up Contributions will be made in accordance with procedures that the Administrative Committee may adopt from time to time.

19


(e)     Before-Tax and Roth Contributions .
(1)     Before-Tax Contributions . Except to the extent a Participant makes an election under this subsection to designate Participant Contributions as Roth Contributions, Participant Contributions will be treated as Before-Tax Contributions. Before-Tax Contributions will be treated by the Participating Company that employs the Participant as excludable from the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had not made the Deferral Election.
(2)     Election of Roth Contributions . At the time a Participant makes a Deferral Election, he may irrevocably designate all or any portion of the Participant Contributions to be made pursuant to such Deferral Election as Roth Contributions. Such Roth Contributions will be treated by the Participating Company that employs the Participant as includible in the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had not made the Deferral Election.
(3)     Separate Accounting . Contributions and withdrawals of Roth Contributions will be credited and debited to the Roth Account maintained for each Participant. The Plan will maintain a record of the amount of Roth Contributions in each Participant’s Account. Gains, losses, and other credits or charges will be separately allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis to each Participant’s Roth Account and the Participant’s other subaccounts under the Plan. No Contributions other than Roth Contributions and properly attributable earnings will be credited to a Participant’s Roth Account.
3.2     Safe Harbor Matching Contributions .
For each Active Participant on whose behalf a Participating Company has made, with respect to a payroll period or any other payment of Compensation, any Participant Contributions, such Participating Company will make, with respect to such payroll period or other payment, a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution equal to 100% of the amount of such Participant Contributions that do not exceed 3% of the Participant’s Compensation for such payroll period or other payment, plus 50% of the amount of such Participant Contributions that exceed 3%, but do not exceed 5%, of the Participant’s Compensation for such payroll period or other payment.
3.3     Nonelective Contributions .
A Participating Company may, but will not be required to, make a Nonelective Contribution to the Plan with respect to each Plan Year. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.5, the amount of any such Nonelective Contribution will be determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Participating Company; provided, the Board of Directors may delegate this authority to the Administrative Committee or any officer or officers of the Participating Company.

20


3.4     Form of Contributions .
All Contributions will be paid to the Trustee in the form of cash and/or Company Stock.
3.5     Timing of Contributions .
(a)     Before-Tax and Roth Contributions . Each Participating Company that withholds Participant Contributions from an Active Participant’s paycheck pursuant to a Deferral Election will make best efforts to pay such Participant Contributions to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which such Contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Participating Company’s general assets (generally not to exceed 15 business days after the end of the month within which such amounts otherwise would have been payable to such Active Participant in cash), or such other time as may be required by law. Each Participating Company will pay Participant Contributions to the Trustee no sooner than immediately following the Participant’s performance of services with respect to which the Participant Contributions were made (or when the cash or other taxable benefit would be currently available, if earlier); provided, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(a)(3)(iii)(C)(2), earlier payment may be made in order to accommodate bona fide administrative considerations.
(b)     Company Contributions . Each Participating Company will make best efforts to pay its Safe Harbor Matching and Nonelective Contributions to the Trustee (i) on or before the date for filing its federal income tax return (including extensions thereof) for the tax year to which such Safe Harbor Matching and Nonelective Contributions relate, or (ii) on or before any other date that is within the time allowed to permit the Participating Company to properly deduct, for federal income tax purposes and for the tax year of the Participating Company in which the obligation to make such Contributions was incurred, the full amount of such Safe Harbor Matching and Nonelective Contributions. Each Participating Company will pay Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Trustee no sooner than the date on which the Participating Company makes the Participant Contribution to which the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution relates; provided, this timing limitation will not apply to (i) a Forfeiture that is allocated as a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution pursuant to Section 5.6, or (ii) a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution made in order to accommodate bona fide administrative considerations in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(a)(2)(iii)(C).
3.6     Contingent Nature of Company Contributions .
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article and subject to the terms of Section 15.7, Contributions made to the Plan by a Participating Company are made expressly contingent upon the deductibility thereof for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year of the Participating Company with respect to which such Contributions are made.
3.7     Restoration Contributions .
(a)     Restoration Upon Buy-Back . If a Participant who is not 100% vested in his Account has received a distribution of his entire vested Account in a manner described in Section 8.3 (such that he forfeits the nonvested portion of his Account), and such Participant subsequently is rehired as a Covered Employee prior to the occurrence of 5 consecutive Breaks in Service, that individual may, prior to the earlier of (i) 5 years after the first date on which he is rehired or (ii) the close of the first

21


period of 5 consecutive Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution, repay the full amount of the distribution to the Trustee (unadjusted for gains or losses). Upon such repayment, his Account will be credited with (i) all of the benefits (unadjusted for gains or losses) which were forfeited, and (ii) the amount of the repayment.
(b)     Restoration of Forfeitures . If a Participant has forfeited his entire Account in accordance with Section 8.3(c) and such Participant subsequently is rehired as a Covered Employee prior to the occurrence of 5 consecutive Breaks in Service, his Account will be credited with all of the benefits (unadjusted for gains or losses) which were forfeited, if any.
(c)     Restoration Contribution . The assets necessary to fund the Account of the rehired individual in excess of the amount of the Participant’s repayment (if any) will be provided no later than as of the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which repayment occurs (if subsection (a) hereof applies) or the individual is rehired (if subsection (b) hereof applies), and will be provided in the discretion of the Administrative Committee from (i) Forfeitures arising from the Accounts of Participants employed or formerly employed by the Participating Companies, or (ii) Contributions by the Participating Companies.
3.8     Reemployed Veterans .
Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, contributions and benefits with respect to Qualified Military Service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). In the event a Participant resumes employment following a period of Qualified Military Service and is entitled to Contributions relating to such period of Qualified Military Service under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the amount of any makeup Contributions to which the Participant would otherwise be entitled under Code Section 414(u) upon return to employment will be reduced by Contributions made to the Plan on the Participant’s behalf based on differential wage payments, as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2), during such period of Qualified Military Service. In the case of a Participant who dies while performing Qualified Military Service, the survivors of the Participant will be entitled to any additional benefits, other than benefit accruals relating to the period of Qualified Military Service, that would be provided under the Plan if the Participant had resumed then terminated employment due to death.



22


ARTICLE IV
ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS BETWEEN PLANS
4.1     Rollover Contributions .
(a)     Request by Covered Employee . A Covered Employee may make a written request to the Administrative Committee that he be permitted to contribute, or cause to be contributed, to the Trust Fund a Rollover Contribution which is received by such Covered Employee or to which such Covered Employee is entitled. Such written request will contain information concerning the type of property constituting the Rollover Contribution, the extent to which the Rollover Contribution constitutes a rollover from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c), and a statement satisfactory to the Administrative Committee that the property constitutes a Rollover Contribution. If a Covered Employee who is not a Participant makes a Rollover Contribution, the time and method of distribution of such Covered Employee’s Rollover Account will be determined under the terms of the Plan as if such Covered Employee were a Participant, but he will not be considered a Participant under the Plan for any other purpose.
(b)     Acceptance of Rollover . Subject to the terms of the Plan and the Code (including regulations and rulings thereunder), the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine whether (and if so, under what conditions and in what form) a Rollover Contribution will be accepted by the Trustee. For example, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may decide to allow Rollover Contributions from Covered Employees and/or direct Rollover Contributions from another qualified retirement plan as described in Code Section 401(a)(31), and may decide to pass through to the Covered Employee making the Rollover Contribution any recordkeeping fees directly attributable to his Rollover Contribution. In the event the Administrative Committee permits an Active Participant to make a Rollover Contribution, the amount of the Rollover Contribution will be transferred to the Trustee and allocated as soon as practicable thereafter to a Rollover Account (with any rollovers from Roth elective deferral accounts allocated to the Roth Rollover Account) for the Active Participant. Unless the Administrative Committee permits otherwise, all Rollover Contributions will be made in cash.
(c)     Rollovers to Roth Accounts . Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) hereof, the Plan will accept Rollover Contributions to a Roth Rollover Account only if it is a direct rollover from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) and only to the extent the Rollover Contribution is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).
(d)     Separate Accounting for After-Tax Rollovers . To the extent that the Plan accepts a Rollover Contribution that includes amounts that would not be includible in the Participant’s gross income (determined without regard to Code Section 402(c)(1)), the Plan will separately account for the portion of such Rollover Contribution that would be includible in gross income and the portion of the Rollover Contribution which is not so includible.

23


4.2     Transfer Contributions .
(a)     Direct Transfers Permitted . The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit direct trustee-to-trustee transfers of assets and liabilities to the Plan (which will be distinguished from direct Rollover Contributions as described in Code Section 401(a)(31)) as a Transfer Contribution on behalf of a Participant.
(b)     Mergers and Spin-Offs Permitted . The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit other qualified retirement plans to transfer assets and liabilities to the Plan as part of a merger, spin-off or similar transaction. Any such transfer will be made in accordance with the terms of the Code and subject to such rules and requirements as the Administrative Committee may deem appropriate. Without limitation, the Administrative Committee will determine the schedule under which such Transfer Contributions will vest.
(c)     Establishment of Transfer Accounts . As soon as practicable after the date the Trustee receives a Transfer Contribution, there will be credited to one or more Transfer Accounts of each Participant the total amount received from the respective accounts of such Participant in the transferring qualified retirement plan. Any amounts so credited as a result of any such merger or spin-off or other transfer will be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan from and after the date of such transfer.
(d)     Transfer Accounts . The rules and terms applicable to Transfer Contributions and resulting Transfer Accounts will be reflected on a schedule hereto.
4.3     Spin-Offs to Other Plans .
The Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may cause the Plan to transfer to another qualified retirement plan (as part of a spin-off, change in control or similar transaction) all or part of the assets and liabilities maintained under the Plan. Any such transfer will be made in accordance with the terms of the Code and subject to such rules and requirements as the Administrative Committee may deem appropriate. Upon the effectiveness of any such transfer, the Plan and Trust will have no further responsibility or liability with respect to the transferred assets and liabilities.



24


ARTICLE V
PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS; CREDITING AND ALLOCATIONS
5.1      Establishment of Participants’ Accounts .
To the extent appropriate, the Administrative Committee will establish and maintain, on behalf of each Participant and Beneficiary, an Account which will be divided into segregated subaccounts. The subaccounts will include (to the extent applicable) Before-Tax, Roth, After-Tax, Safe Harbor Matching, Matching, Nonelective, Supplemental, Rollover (which will be subdivided into non-Roth Rollover and Roth Rollover Accounts), and Transfer Accounts and such other subaccounts as the Administrative Committee deems appropriate or helpful. Each Account will be credited with Contributions allocated to such Account and generally will be credited with income on investments derived from the assets of such Accounts. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, while Contributions may be allocated to a Participant’s Account as of a particular date (as specified in the Plan), such Contributions will actually be added to a Participant’s Account and will be credited with investment experience only from the date such Contributions are received and credited to the Participant’s Account by the Trustee. Each Account of a Participant or Beneficiary will be maintained until the value thereof has been distributed to or on behalf of such Participant or Beneficiary. No transaction or accounting methodology involving an employee’s Roth Account or Roth Rollover Account and any other accounts under the Plan that has the effect of transferring value from the other accounts into the Roth Account or Roth Rollover Account will be permitted.
5.2      Allocation and Crediting of Before-Tax, Roth, After-Tax, Safe Harbor Matching, Rollover and Transfer Contributions .
As of each Valuation Date coinciding with or occurring as soon as practicable after the date on which Before-Tax, Roth, After-Tax, Safe Harbor Matching, Rollover and Transfer Contributions are received on behalf of an Active Participant, such Contributions will be allocated and credited to the appropriate Before-Tax Account, Roth Account, After-Tax Account, Safe Harbor Matching Account, Rollover Account (and further allocated between the Roth Rollover Account and the non-Roth portion of the Rollover Account, as applicable), and Transfer Account, respectively, of such Active Participant.
5.3      Allocation and Crediting of Nonelective Contributions .
As of the last day of each Plan Year for which the Participating Companies make (or are deemed to have made) Nonelective Contributions, each Eligible Participant for such Plan Year will have allocated and credited to his Nonelective Account a portion of such Nonelective Contributions. Such Contributions will be allocated to the Nonelective Account of each Eligible Participant in the same proportion that (i) the Compensation of such Eligible Participant for such Plan Year bears to (ii) the total Compensation of all such Eligible Participants for such Plan Year.

25


5.4      Crediting of Restoration Contributions .
As of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately following the date on which the Plan restores the forfeitable portion of a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 3.7, such amount will be credited to the Account of the Participant.
5.5      Allocation and Crediting of Supplemental Contributions .
(a)      General Provision . As of the last day of each Plan Year for which the Participating Companies make (or are deemed to have made) Supplemental Contributions, each Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation of Supplemental Contributions for such Plan Year (pursuant to the terms of subsection (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, whichever is applicable) will have allocated and credited to his Supplemental Account a portion of the Supplemental Contributions made for such Plan Year by the Participating Companies. The Administrative Committee will cause a portion of such Supplemental Contributions to be allocated to the Supplemental Account of each such Participant in accordance with the terms of subsection (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, whichever is applicable. Each such separate Supplemental Contribution may be allocated pursuant to the terms of subsections (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof and will be separately subject to any limitations set forth in those subsections (including, but not limited to, the 5% maximum set forth in subsection (d) hereof).
(b)      Per Capita Supplemental Contributions . To the extent that the Board and/or Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year as “Per Capita Supplemental Contributions,” such Contributions will be allocated to the Supplemental Accounts of all Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants, on a per capita basis (that is, the same dollar amount will be allocated to the Supplemental Account of each Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant).
(c)      Proportional Supplemental Contributions . To the extent that the Board and/or Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year as “Proportional Supplemental Contributions,” such Contributions will be allocated to the Supplemental Account of each Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant, in the same proportion that (i) the Compensation of such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant for such Plan Year bears to (ii) the total Compensation of all such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year.
(d)      Targeted Supplemental Contributions . To the extent that the Board and/or Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year as “Targeted Supplemental Contributions,” such Contributions will be allocated to the Supplemental Account of some or all Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants, (i) beginning with such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant(s) who have the lowest Compensation until (A) such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant(s) reach their annual addition limits (as described in Section 6.5), (B) to the extent that such Targeted Supplemental Contributions are designated by the Administrative Committee as being used solely to satisfy the ACP Tests, such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant(s) are allocated a Supplemental Contribution equal to 5% of their Compensation, or (C) the amount of the Supplemental Contributions is fully allocated, and then (ii)

26


continuing with successive individuals or groups of such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants in the same manner until the amount of the Targeted Supplemental Contributions is fully allocated.
(e)      Supplemental Matching Contributions . To the extent that the Board and/or Administrative Committee designates all or any portion of the Supplemental Contributions for a Plan Year as “Supplemental Matching Contributions,” such contributions will be allocated to the Supplemental Account of each Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant, in the same proportion that (i) such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Plan Year Before-Tax and Roth Contributions that do not exceed the maximum amount of Before-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions taken into account in determining Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for such Plan Year bears to (ii) the total of all such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants’ Plan Year Before-Tax and Roth Contributions (calculated by taking into account for such Eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participants only the maximum amount of Before-Tax and Roth Contributions taken into account in determining Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for such Plan Year).
5.6      Allocation of Forfeitures .
To the extent Forfeitures for a Plan Year are not used to pay restoration contributions pursuant to Section 3.7 or to replace abandoned Accounts as provided in Section 10.9, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may use such Forfeitures to pay the reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan or to reduce the Participating Companies’ obligation, if any, to make contributions (i) pursuant to the terms of the Plan for the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures occurred or any subsequent Plan Year(s), or (ii) pursuant to any voluntary corrective action taken under any correction program available through the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or other administrative agency.
5.7      Allocation and Crediting of Investment Experience .
As of each Valuation Date, the fair market value of the Trust Fund will be determined, which will be the sum of the fair market values of the Investment Funds, as determined by the institutions maintaining the Investment Funds or as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement. Each Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account will be allocated and credited with a portion of such earnings or debited with a portion of such losses in each Investment Fund, in the proportion that the amount credited to such Account is invested in each Investment Fund. Each Account will also be appropriately adjusted to reflect any Contributions, distributions, withdrawals or transfers between Investment Funds and other disbursements from such Account.
5.8      Allocation of Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization .
If the outstanding shares of Company Stock held in the Plan increase or decrease by reason of a recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, combination of shares or dividend payable in shares of Company Stock, such increase or decrease will be allocated to each Account, as of the date on which the event requiring such adjustment occurs, in the same manner as the share to which it is attributable is then allocated.

27


5.9      Good Faith Valuation Binding .
In determining the value of the Trust Fund and the Accounts, the Trustee and the Administrative Committee will exercise their best judgment, and all such determinations of value (in the absence of bad faith) will be binding upon all Participants and Beneficiaries.


28


ARTICLE VI
CONTRIBUTION AND SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS
AND NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
6.1      Maximum Limitation on Elective Deferrals .
(a)      Maximum Elective Deferrals Under Participating Company Plans . The aggregate amount of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals made for any calendar year under the Plan and any other plans, contracts or arrangements with the Participating Companies will not exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount.
(b)      Return of Excess Participant Contributions . If the aggregate amount of a Participant’s Before-Tax and Roth Contributions made for any calendar year exceeds the Maximum Deferral Amount, the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrative Committee of such excess (including the extent to which such excess is composed of Roth Contributions), and the Administrative Committee will cause the Trustee to distribute to such Participant, on or before April 15 of the next succeeding calendar year, the total of (i) the amount by which such Participant Contributions exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, plus (ii) any earnings allocable thereto (but not including any gap income). In addition, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made on behalf of the Participant which are attributable to the distributed Participant Contributions will be forfeited.
(c)      Return of Excess Elective Deferrals Provided by Other Participating Company Arrangements . If, after the reduction described in subsection (b) hereof, a Participant’s aggregate Elective Deferrals under plans, contracts and arrangements with the Controlling Company and all Affiliates still exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, then the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrative Committee of such excess and, unless the Administrative Committee directs otherwise, such excess will be reduced by distributing to the Participant Elective Deferrals that were made for the calendar year under such plans, contracts and/or arrangements with the Controlling Company and all Affiliates other than the Plan in the manner described in subsection (b) hereof. If any designated Roth contributions were made to a plan, the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrative Committee of the portion of excess deferrals that are comprised of designated Roth contributions.
(d)      Discretionary Return of Elective Deferrals . If, after the reductions described in subsections (b) and (c) hereof, (i) a Participant’s aggregate Elective Deferrals made for any calendar year under the Plan and any other plans, contracts or arrangements with Participating Companies and any other employers still exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, and (ii) such Participant submits to the Administrative Committee, on or before the March 1 following the end of such calendar year (or such later deadline as may be permitted by the Administrative Committee), a written request that the Administrative Committee distribute to such Participant all or a portion of his remaining Participant Contributions made for such calendar year, then the Administrative Committee may, but will not be required to, cause the Trustee to distribute such amount to such Participant in the manner described in subsection (b) hereof on or before the April 15 following the end of the year in which the Maximum Deferral Amount was exceeded. If any designated Roth contributions were made to a plan, the

29


notification in this subsection must also identify the extent, if any, to which the excess deferrals are comprised of designated Roth contributions.
(e)      Return of Excess Annual Additions . Any Participant Contributions returned to a Participant to correct excess Annual Additions will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether the Maximum Deferral Amount has been exceeded.
(f)      Coordination of Before-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions . In the case of a distribution to a Participant pursuant to subsections (b), (c) or (d) hereof, any applicable Before-Tax Contributions made by such Participant will be distributed before any applicable Roth Contributions made by such Participant.
6.2      Nondiscrimination Requirements for Before-Tax and Roth Contributions .
The Plan is intended to satisfy the ADP safe harbor requirements under Code Section 401(k)(12) by means of providing Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, as described in Code Section 401(k)(12)(B), such that the Plan will be deemed to have satisfied the ADP tests for each Plan Year.
6.3      Nondiscrimination Requirements for After-Tax Contributions .
(a)      ACP Tests . The allocation of the aggregate of all (i) After-Tax Contributions, (ii) to the extent designated by the Administrative Committee, Supplemental and/or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, and (iii) to the extent designated by the Administrative Committee pursuant to subsection (d) hereof, other before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions made under another plan will satisfy at least one of the following ACP Tests for such Plan Year:
(1)      The ACP of the Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees during the current Plan Year will not exceed the product of (i) the ACP for the current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the current Plan Year, multiplied by (ii) 1.25; or
(2)      The ACP of the Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees during the current Plan Year will not exceed the ACP for the current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the current Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points, nor will it exceed the product of (i) the ACP for the current Plan Year of the Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees during the current Plan Year, multiplied by (ii) 2.
(b)      ACP or Actual Contribution Percentage . The term “ACP” or “Actual Contribution Percentage” means, with respect to a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (i) the total of the amount of After-Tax Contributions and, to the extent designated by the Administrative Committee, the Safe Harbor Matching and/or Supplemental Contributions, as well as other before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions (excluding Catch-up Contributions and any Contributions returned to a Participant or otherwise removed from his Account to correct excess Annual Additions) actually paid to the Trustee on behalf of each such Participant for a specified Plan Year, to (ii) such Participant’s

30


Compensation for such specified Plan Year. Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be taken into account in determining a Participant’s ACP only if they are taken into account for all Participants for such Plan Year. Supplemental Contributions will be taken into account in determining a Participant’s ACP only if such Supplemental Contributions satisfy the requirement of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6). If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in the Plan and one or more other plans of any Affiliates to which matching or after-tax contributions are made (other than a plan for which aggregation with the Plan is not permitted), the matching and after-tax contributions made with respect to such Highly Compensated Employee will be aggregated for purposes of determining his ACP in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(3)(ii). The ACP will be rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percent and will be calculated in a manner consistent with the terms of Code Section 401(m) and the regulations thereunder. If a Participant is eligible to participate in the Plan for all or a portion of a Plan Year by reason of satisfying the eligibility requirements of Article II but makes no After-Tax Contributions, and if he receives no allocations of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Supplemental Contributions or qualified nonelective contributions which are taken into account (as described above) for purposes of calculating his ACP, such Participant’s ACP for such Plan Year will be zero.
(c)      Adjustments to Actual Contribution Percentages . In the event that the allocation of the After-Tax Contributions and, if applicable, Safe Harbor Matching and Supplemental Contributions and other after-tax, before-tax and qualified nonelective contributions for a Plan Year, does not satisfy one of the ACP Tests of subsection (a) hereof, the Administrative Committee will cause such After-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year to be adjusted in accordance with one or a combination of the following options:
(1)      The Administrative Committee may cause the Participating Companies to make, with respect to such Plan Year, Supplemental Contributions on behalf of, and specifically allocable to, the Participants described in Section 5.5 with respect to such Plan Year. Such Supplemental Contributions will be allocated among the Participants pursuant to the methods described in Section 5.5.
(2)      By the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the annual allocation failed both of the ACP Tests, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to reduce After-Tax Contributions taken into account with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under such failed ACP Tests by the dollar amount necessary to satisfy one of the ACP Tests. The amount by which After-Tax Contributions will be reduced will be determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of individual Actual Contribution Percentages, beginning with the highest Actual Contribution Percentage. Notwithstanding the method of determining the total dollar amount of such reductions, actual reductions in After-Tax Contributions will be made in accordance with, and solely from the Accounts of those Highly Compensated Employees who are affected by, the following procedure:
(A)      First, the After-Tax Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest dollar amount of After-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year will be reduced by the lesser of (i) the entire amount of required reductions

31


determined as described above, or (ii) that part of such amount as will cause the dollar amount of After-Tax Contributions of each such Highly Compensated Employee to equal the amount of After-Tax Contributions of each of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of After-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year.
(B)      Substantially identical steps will be followed for making further reductions in the After-Tax Contributions of each of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of After-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year until the entire required reduction has been made.
(C)      Any amount by which After-Tax Contributions are reduced, plus any earnings attributable thereto through the end of such Plan Year, will be distributable to the Highly Compensated Employees from whose Accounts such reductions have been made.
(d)      Multiple Plans . If matching, after-tax, before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions are made to one or more other plans which, along with the Plan, are considered as a single plan for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410(b), such plans will be treated as one plan for purposes of this Section, and the matching, after-tax, applicable before-tax contributions (other than catch-up contributions) and qualified nonelective contributions made to those other plans will be combined with the After-Tax and applicable Safe Harbor Matching and/or Supplemental Contributions for purposes of performing the tests described in subsection (a) hereof. In addition, the Administrative Committee may elect to treat the Plan as a single plan along with one or more other plans to which matching, after-tax, applicable before-tax and/or qualified nonelective contributions are made for purposes of this Section; provided, the Plan and all of such other plans also must be treated as a single plan for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) (other than the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)). However, plans may be aggregated for purposes of this subsection (d) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ACP Tests.
(e)      Separate Testing . In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4)(iv), the Plan may be permissively or mandatorily disaggregated into two or more plans for purposes of performing the tests described in subsection (a) hereof. In addition, pursuant to Code Section 401(m)(5)(C), the Administrative Committee may elect to exclude from the ACP Tests all Active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees and who have not satisfied the age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). If the ACP Tests are performed separately for any group of Participants, then only the Participants included in such separate ACP Tests will be taken into account for purposes of allocating Supplemental Contributions made for the purpose of satisfying such ACP Tests and for purposes of any adjustments made pursuant to subsection (c) hereof.
(f)      Interpretation . The requirements of this Section will be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with applicable Treasury Regulations. To the extent permitted under such Treasury Regulations, the Administrative Committee may elect to use any optional or alternative methods of applying the limitations of this Section.


32


6.4      Order of Application .
For any Plan Year in which adjustments are necessary or otherwise made pursuant to the terms of Sections 6.1 and 6.3, such adjustments will be applied in the order prescribed by the Secretary of Treasury in Treasury Regulations or other published authority.
6.5      Code Section 415 Limitations on Maximum Contributions .
(a)      General Limit on Annual Additions . Except for any Catch-Up Contributions, in no event will the Annual Additions to a Participant’s Account for any Limitation Year, under the Plan and any other Defined Contribution Plan maintained by an Affiliate (or by a predecessor employer, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.415(f)-1(c)(1) and (c)(2)), exceed the lesser of:
(1)      $40,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 415(d) to reflect cost-of-living increases); or
(2)      100% of such Participant’s Compensation.
(b)      Rules of Application . For purposes of the limitations described in subsection (a) above, the following rules will apply:
(1)      Aggregation of Previously Unaggregated Plans . If two or more Defined Contribution Plans are not required to be aggregated under Code Section 415 as of the first day of a Limitation Year for purposes of the limitations in subsection (a) but become aggregated later in the Limitation Year:
(A)      if the Participant’s combined Annual Additions under all of the aggregated plans exceed the limitations in subsection (a) as of the date that such plans are first aggregated, no further amounts that would constitute Annual Additions will be credited to a Participant’s Account during such Plan Year after the date on which the plans are required to be aggregated; and
(B)      such Participant’s Annual Additions will not be considered to exceed the limitations in subsection (a) for such Limitation Year to the extent such failure results from the aggregation of such Defined Contribution Plans during the Limitation Year.
(2)      Plans with Different Limitation Years . If a Participant is credited during the Limitation Year with Annual Additions in more than one Defined Contribution Plan maintained by an Affiliate or a predecessor employer, the amounts credited under plans other than this Plan that are taken into account for purposes of the limitation in subsection (a) for the Limitation Year are those Annual Additions credited to the Participant under such other plan(s) that would have been considered Annual Additions under the Plan for the Limitation Year if they had been credited under this Plan rather than the other plan(s).

33


(c)      Combined Plan Limit . If an Employee is a participant in the Plan and any one or more other Defined Contribution Plans maintained by any Affiliate and a corrective adjustment in such Employee’s benefits is required to comply with this Section (and similar provisions under the other plan), such adjustment will be made under the other plan(s).
(d)      Compliance with Code Section 415 . The limitations in this Section are intended to comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and, to the extent not included herein, Code Section 415 and the applicable regulations are hereby incorporated by reference, so that the maximum benefits permitted under plans of the Affiliates will be exactly equal to the maximum amounts allowed under Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder.
6.6      Construction of Limitations and Requirements .
The descriptions of the limitations and requirements set forth in this Article are intended to serve as statements of the legal requirements necessary for the Plan to remain qualified under the applicable terms of the Code. The Participating Companies do not desire or intend, and the terms of this Article will not be construed, to impose any more restrictions on the operation of the Plan than required by law. Therefore, the terms of this Article and any related terms and definitions in the Plan will be interpreted and operated in a manner which imposes the least restrictions on the Plan.


34


ARTICLE VII
INVESTMENTS
7.1      Establishment of Trust Account .
All Contributions are to be paid over to the Trustee, to be held in the Trust Fund and invested in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust.
7.2      Investment Funds .
(a)      Establishment of Investment Funds . In accordance with instructions from the Investment Committee and the terms of the Plan and the Trust, the Trustee will establish and maintain Investment Funds for the investment of assets of the Trust Fund. Such Investment Funds will be established and modified from time to time without necessity of amendment to the Plan and will have the investment objectives prescribed by the Investment Committee. Investment Funds also may be established and maintained for any limited purpose(s) the Investment Committee may direct (for example, for the investment of certain specified Accounts transferred from a Prior Plan), and subject to any restrictions related to such purpose(s) that the Investment Committee may determine. Similarly, at the authorized direction of the Investment Committee, the Trustee may eliminate one or more of the then-existing Investment Funds. The Trustee may invest Contributions it receives in interest-bearing accounts or other short-term investments selected by the Investment Committee until such time as a Participant’s investment directions can be effected.
(b)      Reinvestment of Cash Earnings . Any investment earnings received in the form of cash with respect to any Investment Fund (in excess of the amounts necessary to make cash distributions or to pay Plan or Trust expenses) will be reinvested in such Investment Fund.
7.3      Participant Direction of Investments .
Each Participant or Beneficiary generally may direct the manner in which his Accounts and Contributions will be invested in and among the Investment Funds described in Section 7.2. Participant investment directions will be made in accordance with the following terms:
(a)      Investment of Contributions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section, each Participant may elect, on a form provided by the Administrative Committee, through an interactive telephone or internet-based system, or in such other manner as the Administrative Committee may prescribe, the percentage of his future Contributions that will be invested in each Investment Fund. An initial election of a Participant will be made as of the Entry Date on which the Participant commences or recommences participation in the Plan and will apply to all Contributions credited to such Participant’s Account after such Entry Date; provided, to the extent determined by the Administrative Committee, an investment election may be made with respect to a Rollover Contribution. Such Participant may make subsequent elections as of any Valuation Date, and such elections will apply to all Contributions credited to such Participant’s Account following such date; for purposes hereof, Contributions and/or Forfeitures that are credited to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account will be subject to the investment election in effect on the date on which such amounts are actually received and credited, regardless of any prior date “as of” which such Contributions may have been allocated to his Account. Any election

35


made pursuant to this subsection with respect to future Contributions will remain effective until changed by the Participant. In the event a Participant never makes an investment election or makes an incomplete or insufficient election in some manner, the Administrative Committee will direct the investment of the Participant’s future Contributions.
(b)      Investment of Existing Account Balances . Except as otherwise provided in this Section, each Participant or Beneficiary may elect, on a form provided by the Administrative Committee, through an interactive telephone or internet-based system, or in such other manner as the Administrative Committee may prescribe, the percentage of his existing Accounts that will be invested in each Investment Fund. Such Participant or Beneficiary may make such elections effective as of any Valuation Date following his Entry Date into the Plan (or the crediting of his Rollover Contribution). Each such election will remain in effect until changed by such Participant or Beneficiary. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary fails to make an election for his existing Account balance pursuant to the terms of this subsection which is separate from his election made for his Contributions pursuant to the terms of subsection (a) hereof, or if a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s investment election form is incomplete or insufficient in some manner, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s existing Account balance will continue to be invested in the same manner provided under the terms of the most recent election affecting that portion of his Account.
(c)      Conditions Applicable to Elections . The Administrative Committee will have complete discretion to adopt and revise procedures to be followed in making such investment elections. Such procedures may include, but are not limited to, the process of the election, the permitted frequency of making elections, the deadline for making elections and the effective date of such elections. Any procedures adopted by the Administrative Committee that are inconsistent with the deadlines or procedures specified in this Section will supersede such provisions of this Section without the necessity of a Plan amendment.
(d)      Restrictions on Investments . To the extent any investment or reinvestment restrictions apply with respect to any Investment Funds (for example, restrictions on changes of investments between competing funds) or as a result of depletion of cash liquidity within an Investment Fund, a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s ability to direct investments hereunder may be limited. A Participant or Beneficiary may not direct more than 25% of his future Contributions to be invested in the Company Stock Fund, and may not reallocate investments in his Account from other investments into the Company Stock Fund to the extent such reallocation would result in more than 25% of the Account being invested in the Company Stock Fund. Furthermore, a Participant or Beneficiary may be restricted from initiating transactions that affect investments in the Company Stock Fund to the extent the Administrative Committee deems appropriate for compliance with securities laws.
(e)      Sales and Purchases of Company Stock . The Investment Funds of the Plan will include a Company Stock Fund. The fiduciary responsible for determining the suitability of Investment Funds will not take any action with respect to the Company Stock Fund that is inconsistent with the Controlling Company’s intent as set forth in the preceding sentence unless it is clearly determined by the fiduciary that such action is required under the prudence requirement of ERISA Section 404(a)(1)(B), disregarding any elements of such prudence requirement that relate to diversification.

36


7.4      Valuation .
As of each Valuation Date, the fair market value of each of the Investment Funds will be determined in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, after first deducting any expenses which have not been paid by the Participating Companies. All costs and expenses directly identifiable to one Investment Fund will be allocated to that Investment Fund.
7.5      Purchase of Life Insurance .
Life insurance contracts will not be purchased.
7.6      Voting and Tender Offer Rights with Respect to Investment Funds .
Subject to Section 7.9, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Trust and/or any documents establishing or controlling any of the Investment Funds, Participants and Beneficiaries will be given the opportunity to vote and tender their interests in each Investment Fund. Otherwise, such interests will be voted and/or tendered by the Investment Manager or other fiduciary that controls such Investment Fund as may be provided in the controlling documents or as otherwise specified by the Investment Committee.
7.7      Fiduciary Responsibilities for Investment Directions .
All fiduciary responsibility with respect to the selection of Investment Funds for the investment of a Participant’s or beneficiary’s Accounts will be allocated to the Participant or beneficiary who directs the investment. Neither the Controlling Company, the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee, the Trustee, the Board nor any Participating Company will be accountable for any loss sustained by reason of any action taken, or investment made, pursuant to an investment direction.
7.8      Appointment of Investment Manager; Authorization to Invest in Collective Trust .
(a)      Investment Manager . The Investment Committee may appoint any one or more individuals or entities to serve as the investment manager or managers of the entire Trust or of all or any designated portion of a particular Investment Fund or Investment Funds. The investment manager will certify that it is qualified to act as an “investment manager” within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(38) and will acknowledge in writing its fiduciary status with respect to the assets placed under its control. The appointment of the investment manager will be effective as of the date specified by the Investment Committee, and the appointment will continue in effect until such date as the Investment Committee may specify. If an investment manager is appointed, the investment manager will have the power to manage, acquire and dispose of any and all assets of the Trust Fund, as the case may be, which have been placed under its control, subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement.


37


(b)      Collective Trust . The Investment Committee may designate that all or any portion of the Trust Fund will be invested in a collective trust fund, in accordance with the provisions of Revenue Ruling 81-100 or any successor ruling, which collective trust will be deemed to be adopted as part of the Plan. Such designation or direction will be in addition to the powers to invest in commingled funds maintained by the Trustee provided for in the Trust.
7.9      Voting and Tender Offer Rights With Respect to Company Stock .
(a)      Voting Rights . Each Participant or Beneficiary will have the right to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of all voting rights with respect to the whole shares of Company Stock in his Account. To the extent possible, the Trustee will combine fractional shares of Company Stock in the Accounts of Participants or Beneficiaries and will vote such fractional shares, and any shares of Company Stock for which no direction is received, in the same proportion as the whole shares of such Company Stock are voted by the voting Participants or Beneficiaries thereof by the Trustee.
(b)      Tender Offer Rights . Each Participant or Beneficiary will have the right to direct the Trustee as to whether, in accordance with the terms of any tender offer for shares of Company Stock, to tender the whole shares of Company Stock in his Account, and the Trustee will follow such directions. To the extent possible, the Trustee will combine fractional shares of Company Stock in the Accounts of Participants or Beneficiaries and will tender such fractional shares of Company Stock in the same proportion as the whole shares of such Company Stock are tendered by the tendering Participants or Beneficiaries. Unless otherwise required by ERISA, the Trustee will not tender whole shares of Company Stock credited to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account for which it has received no directions.
(c)      Confidentiality . The Administrative Committee will establish procedures to protect the voting and tender offer rights of the Participants and Beneficiaries and to ensure that the manner in which each Participant or Beneficiary exercises his voting or tender offer rights is confidential with respect to the Administrative Committee and the management of the Company.
(d)      Dissemination of Pertinent Information . The Administrative Committee will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Participant or Beneficiary, all notices, financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials relating to the voting of Company Stock in his Account. In addition, the Administrative Committee will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Participant and Beneficiary all materials relating to any tender offer, including the materials distributed by any tender offerer (that is, any bidder). The Administrative Committee will notify each Participant or Beneficiary of each occasion for the exercise of voting or tender offer rights within a reasonable time before such rights are to be exercised, and such notification will include all of the relevant information that the Controlling Company distributes to shareholders regarding the exercise of such rights.

38



ARTICLE VIII
VESTING IN ACCOUNTS
8.1      General Vesting Rule .
(a)      Fully Vested Accounts . All Participants will at all times be fully vested in their Before-Tax, Roth, After-Tax, Supplemental, Safe Harbor Matching and Rollover Accounts.
(b)      Matching and Nonelective Accounts . Except as provided in Section 8.2, the Matching Account and Nonelective Account of each Participant will vest in accordance with the following vesting schedule, based on the total of the Participant’s Years of Vesting Service:

Years of Vesting Service
Completed by Participant
Vested Percentage of Participant’s Matching and
Nonelective Accounts
   Less than 2 Years
0%
   2 Years, but less than 3
20%
   3 Years, but less than 4
40%
   4 Years, but less than 5
60%
   5 Years, but less than 6
80%
   6 Years or more
100%
(c)      Transfer Accounts . Transfer Accounts will vest in accordance with the terms specified by the Administrative Committee on a schedule attached hereto.
8.2      Vesting Upon Attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Death or Disability .
Notwithstanding Section 8.1, a Participant’s Account will become 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)     The Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age while employed as an Employee;

(b)     The Participant’s death while employed as an Employee (or as provided in Section 3.8); or

(c)     The Participant’s becoming Disabled while employed as an Employee.

8.3      Timing of Forfeitures and Vesting after Restoration Contributions .
(a)      Timing of Forfeitures . If a Participant who is not yet 100% vested in any portion of his Account severs from employment with all Affiliates, the nonvested amount in his Account will become available for allocation as a Forfeiture (in accordance with the terms of Section 5.6) in the Plan Year after such Participant incurs 5 consecutive Breaks in Service; provided, if such Participant receives

39


a distribution of all of his vested Account, the nonvested amount in his Account (i) will be forfeited and will become available for allocation as a Forfeiture as soon as practicable after such distribution occurs and (ii) will be subject to the restoration rules set forth herein. If a Participant has no vested interest in his Account at the time he severs from employment, he will be deemed to have received a cash-out distribution at the time he severs from employment, and the forfeiture provisions of this Section will apply. If such a Participant resumes employment with an Affiliate after he has incurred 5 or more consecutive Breaks in Service, such nonvested amount will not be restored. If such a Participant resumes employment with an Affiliate before he has incurred 5 consecutive Breaks in Service, the nonvested amount will be restored pursuant to the terms of subsection (b) or (c) hereof, as applicable.
(b)      Reemployment and Vesting After Cash-Out Distribution . If by the date of reemployment such a Participant has received a distribution of the entire vested interest in his Account, the provisions of Section 3.7(a) will be applicable (requiring repayment by such a Participant as a condition for restoration of the nonvested amount). Upon such repayment, the rehired individual immediately will be credited with all previously earned Years of Vesting Service.
(c)      Reemployment and Vesting Before Any Distribution . If by the date of reemployment such a Participant has not received a distribution of the entire vested interest in his Account, the forfeited amount will be restored pursuant to the terms of Section 3.7(b) and then will be subject to all of the vesting rules in this Article as if no Forfeitures had occurred.
8.4      Amendment to Vesting Schedule .
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event will the terms of any amendment to the Plan reduce the vested percentage that any Participant has earned under the Plan. Any amendments to the Plan that affect the vesting provisions will be subject to the rules of this Section.
(a)      Changes to Vesting of Future Contributions . In the event that an amendment to the Plan will directly have an adverse effect on Participants’ vested percentage for future Contributions, any Participant who has 3 or more Years of Vesting Service (calculated in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(a)-8T (or any successor section)) may elect to have his vested percentage for his Account calculated under the schedule in the Plan before any such change, and the Administrative Committee will give each such Participant notice of his rights to make such an election. The period during which the election may be made will commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and will end on the latest of: (i) 60 days after the amendment is adopted; (ii) 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or (iii) 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by a Participating Company or the Administrative Committee.
(b)      Changes to Vesting of Existing Accounts . The vesting of each Participant’s Account balance attributable to Contributions accrued on or before the later of the date of adoption or the effective date of any amendment to the Plan will be equal to the greater of: (i) the vesting percentage that would apply under the terms of the Plan prior to such amendment, or (ii) the vesting percentage that applies under the terms of the Plan as so amended.

40


ARTICLE IX
IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS
9.1      In-Service Withdrawals .
(a)      General . Prior to severance from employment with all Affiliates, a Participant may withdraw all or part of the amounts described in Section 9.2 through Section 9.6 hereof.
(b)      Election to Withdraw . All applications to withdraw will be made at such time as the Administrative Committee may reasonably request, and will be made in such manner as the Administrative Committee may prescribe.
(c)      Payment of Withdrawal . The amount of any withdrawal will be paid to a Participant in a single-sum cash payment as soon as practicable after the Administrative Committee receives and approves a properly completed withdrawal application. At the time of making any withdrawals for a Participant, his Account may be charged with any administrative expenses (such as check processing fees) specifically allocable against his Account pursuant to the policies of the Administrative Committee. Any withdrawal will be treated as a payment of benefits under Article X and all of the requirements of that Article.
(d)      Effect of Outstanding Loan . If an amount becomes payable to a Participant as a withdrawal pursuant to this Article at a time when such Participant has an outstanding loan from the Plan, the terms of Section 9.7(e) will apply.
9.2      Hardship Withdrawals .
(a)      Parameters of Hardship Withdrawals . A Participant may make, on account of hardship, a withdrawal from (i) his Before-Tax and Roth Accounts (other than any investment earnings earned after December 31, 1988); and (ii) the vested portion of his Matching Account. For purposes of this subsection, a withdrawal will be on account of “hardship” if it is necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. A withdrawal based on financial hardship cannot exceed the amount necessary to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. The Administrative Committee will make its determination as to whether a Participant has suffered an immediate and heavy financial need and whether it is necessary to use a hardship withdrawal from the Plan to satisfy that need on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances. A Participant may choose the extent to which the withdrawal will be taken from his Roth Account.
(b)      Immediate and Heavy Financial Need . For purposes of the Plan, an immediate and heavy financial need exists only if the withdrawal is on account of (i) expenses for medical care that would be deductible under Code §213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income) for the Participant, his Spouse or dependent; (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (iii) the payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his Spouse or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) thereof); (iv) the need to prevent eviction of the Participant

41


from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence; (v) the payment of burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to subsection (d)(1)(B) thereof); or (vi) expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).
(c)      Necessary to Satisfy a Financial Need . In order for a withdrawal to be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant, the Participant will meet the following requirements: (i) prior to receiving a withdrawal hereunder, the Participant will be required to obtain all distributions, other than hardship withdrawals, and all nontaxable loans available under all plans maintained by the Controlling Company and its Affiliates; (ii) the Participant will be prohibited from making Participant Contributions and After-Tax Contributions for a 6‑month period following the hardship withdrawal; and (iii) the hardship withdrawal will not exceed the amount of the Participant’s immediate and heavy financial need; provided, the amount of an immediate and heavy financial need may include amounts necessary for the Participant to pay any federal, state or local taxes which are reasonably anticipated to result from the hardship withdrawal.
9.3      Rollover Account Withdrawals .
A Participant may request a withdrawal of all or a part of his Rollover Account. The Participant may choose the extent to which the withdrawal will be taken from his Roth Rollover Account.
9.4      After-Tax Account Withdrawals .
A Participant may request a withdrawal of all or a part of his After-Tax Account at any time.
9.5      Age 59½ Withdrawals .
A Participant who has attained age 59½ may request a withdrawal of all or a part of his vested Account once in any 12-month period. The Participant may choose the extent to which the withdrawal will be taken from his Roth Account and Roth Rollover Account.
9.6      Distributions and Withdrawals from Transfer Accounts .
If a Prior Plan (i) allows Code Section 411(d)(6) protected in-service withdrawals (other than those permitted in Sections 9.2 through 9.5) and/or (ii) allows one or more Code Section 411(d)(6) protected forms of distribution not generally permitted under the Plan, the Participants who have Transfer Accounts reflecting the accrued benefits subject to such protected withdrawals and forms of distribution under that Prior Plan will be permitted to withdraw, and/or receive distributions of, all or a portion of the amounts from the subject Transfer Accounts in a manner, and subject to rules and restrictions, similar to those provided under the Prior Plan such that the Plan will comply with the requirements of Code Section 411(d)(6). The terms and conditions of any such withdrawals, as well as other pertinent rules and provisions relating to the transfer of such assets to the Plan, will be set forth on a schedule hereto.

42


9.7      Loans to Participants .
(a)      Grant of Authority . Loans to Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees who are parties-in-interest as defined in ERISA Section 3(14) generally will be allowed during such period(s) of time that the Administrative Committee determines, in its sole discretion, it is desirable and administratively feasible to make such loans. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and to such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules as may from time to time be adopted by the Administrative Committee and set forth in a written policy statement, the Trustee, upon proper application by an eligible Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee on forms approved by the Administrative Committee, may make a loan or loans to the borrower.
(b)      Nondiscriminatory Policy . Loans will be available to all Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees who are parties-in-interest as defined in ERISA Section 3(14) on a reasonably equivalent basis, without regard to an individual’s race, color, religion, age, sex or national origin. Loans will not be made available to borrowers who are Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount available to other borrowers; provided, this limitation will be interpreted to mean that, subject to the other limitations in this Section, the same percentage of each borrower’s vested Account balance may be loaned to each such borrower regardless of the actual amount of his vested Account balance. Eligible individuals may apply for loans by submitting an application in written, electronic or other form established by the Administrative Committee, pursuant to nondiscriminatory procedures established by the Administrative Committee from time to time.
(c)      Minimum Loan Amount . The minimum amount of any loan will be $1,000, or such lesser amount established by the Administrative Committee from time to time.
(d)      Maximum Loan Amount . The Administrative Committee will determine the maximum number of loans that may be outstanding at any time. In addition, no loan may be made to any borrower from the Plan if the amount of such loan exceeds the lesser of (i) the limit established by the Administrative Committee, or (ii) the least of:
(1)      $50,000 minus the highest aggregate principal balance, outstanding during the year ending on the day before such loan is made, of all loans made to the borrower by the qualified employer plans as defined in Code Section 72(p)(4)(A) maintained by the Affiliates;
(2)      the difference between (A) 50% of the borrower’s total vested interest in the Plan and all other qualified employer plans maintained by the Affiliates, minus (B) the total amount of all loans outstanding on the date the loan is made from all qualified employer plans maintained by the Affiliates; or
(3)      50% of the borrower’s vested Account balance immediately after the origination of the loan.


43


(e)      Adequacy of Security . All loans will be secured by the pledge of a dollar amount of the borrower’s Account balance (i) which is not less than the principal amount of the loan plus an additional amount, if any, which the Administrative Committee deems desirable to secure payment of interest accruing on the loan, and (ii) which in no event (when aggregated for all outstanding loans) is greater than 50% of the borrower’s vested Account balance immediately after the origination of the loan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the pledge of such security will be made in such manner and amount as the Administrative Committee may require for the loan to be considered adequately secured. A loan will be considered to be “adequately secured” if the security posted for such loan is in addition to and supporting a promise to pay, if it is pledged in a manner such that it may be sold, foreclosed upon, or otherwise disposed of upon default of repayment of the loan, and if the value and liquidity of that security is such that it may reasonably be anticipated that loss of principal or interest will not result from the loan. The adequacy of such security will be determined in light of the type and amount of security which would be required in the case of an otherwise identical transaction in a normal commercial setting between unrelated parties on arm’s-length terms. During the period that a loan is outstanding, if a Participant becomes eligible to receive a withdrawal or a distribution, the amount of such Participant’s Account which he will be eligible to receive through withdrawal or distribution will not exceed that amount which will reduce such Participant’s vested Account balance below the principal amount then outstanding on such loan.
(f)      Rate of Interest . A loan from the Plan to a borrower must bear a reasonable rate of interest. A loan will be considered to bear “a reasonable rate of interest” if such loan provides the Plan with a return commensurate with interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances. In general, the Administrative Committee’s decision as to the rate of interest for any Plan loan will be based primarily on the rate of interest that one or more local banks or other lending institutions would charge on a similar loan, taking into account, among other things, the collateral pledged to secure the loan.
(g)      Crediting Loan Payments to Accounts . The loan will be considered a directed investment of the borrower, and any principal and interest paid on the loan will be considered a part of his total Account. Each payment of principal and interest will be credited to the Investment Funds of the Participant’s Account as directed by the Participant pursuant to procedures determined by the Administrative Committee.
(h)      Remedies in the Event of Default . If any loan payments are not paid as and when due or within such period as the Administrative Committee may prescribe in its loan policy statement, the Administrative Committee may declare the loan to be in default. The Administrative Committee may take such actions, as it deems appropriate in accordance with its written loan policy statement, to allow the borrower to cure such default or to otherwise collect such overdue payments or, as the case may be, the outstanding balance of the loan. Among other things, the Administrative Committee’s actions may include causing all or any portion of the borrower’s Account which has been pledged to secure the loan to be used to repay such loan; provided, although the Administrative Committee may treat any portion of the loan balance that remains outstanding after a default as taxable income to the borrower in accordance with the terms of Code Section 72(p), no portion of such outstanding loan balance may be treated as a reduction of a Participant’s Account balance until such

44


time as such reduction, if treated as a distribution, will not breach the special distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B).
(i)      Suspension of Repayments for Leaves . Loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4), under applicable Treasury Regulations, and as provided in the written loan policy statement. In addition, during a period of military leave, the interest rate under an outstanding loan will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the Servicemembers’ Civil Relief Act of 2003.
9.8      Transition Rule .
For purposes of effectuating a change in the Plan’s recordkeeper or other administrative changes, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, the Administrative Committee may designate a period during which no withdrawals or loans will be permitted.


45


ARTICLE X
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM ACCOUNTS
10.1      Benefits Payable for Reasons Other Than Death .
(a)      General Rule Concerning Benefits Payable . In accordance with the terms of subsection (b) hereof and subject to the restrictions set forth in subsections (c) and (d) hereof, if a Participant severs from employment with all Affiliates for any reason other than death, 15 days after the date of such severance from employment he (or his Beneficiary, if he dies after such severance from employment) will be entitled to receive or begin receiving a distribution of the vested amount credited to his Account, determined as of the Valuation Date on which such distribution is processed. For purposes of this Article, the “date on which such distribution is processed” refers to the date established for such purpose by administrative practice, even if actual payment and/or processing is made at a later date due to delays in the valuation, administrative or any other procedure.
(b)      Timing of Distribution .
(1)      Generally . Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (b) or in subsection (d) hereof, benefits payable to a Participant under this Section will be distributed or begin to be distributed as soon as administratively practicable after the later of (i) the date the Participant severs from employment with all Affiliates for any reason other than death or (ii) the date such Participant submits an election to receive or begin receiving such benefits in such manner as provided by the Administrative Committee. In order for such Participant’s election to be valid, his election must be filed with the Administrative Committee within the 180-day period ending on such distribution date or distribution commencement date, and the Administrative Committee (no later than 30 days and no earlier than 180 days before such distribution date) must have presented him with a notice informing him of his right to defer his distribution; provided, the Participant may elect to waive the minimum 30-day notice period and to receive or begin receiving his distribution before the end of such period.
(2)      Cashouts of Small Accounts . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection (b), in the event that the vested portion of the Account (excluding the Rollover Account) of any Participant who has severed from the employment of all Affiliates is less than or equal to $5,000, the full vested amount of such Account automatically will be paid to such Participant in one single-sum, cash-out distribution. In the event a Participant has no vested interest in his Account from company contributions at the time of his severance from employment, he will be deemed to have received a cash-out distribution of such Account at the time of his severance from employment, and the forfeiture provisions of Section 8.3 will apply. In the event of a mandatory distribution (within the meaning of Section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) greater than $1,000, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly, then the Administrative Committee will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Administrative Committee.

46


(3)      Participant’s Right to Payment . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, unless a Participant elects to further defer the distribution of his benefit or fails to submit a claim for such distribution, in no event will payment of the Participant’s benefit be made or commence later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year which includes the latest of (i) the date on which the Participant attained Normal Retirement Age, (ii) the date which is the 10th anniversary of the date he commenced participation in the Plan, or (iii) the date he actually severs from employment with all Affiliates; provided, if the amount of the payment cannot be ascertained by the date as of which payments are scheduled to be made or commence hereunder, payment will be made or commence no later than 60 days after the earliest date on which such payment can be ascertained under the Plan.
(4)      Required Minimum Distributions . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Participant’s Account will begin to be distributed no later than the April 1 following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, or (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant actually severs from employment with all Affiliates; provided, if such Participant is a 5 percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), benefit payments will begin no later than the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½. All distributions will be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9), the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), including Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 (relating to incidental benefit limitations) and any other provisions reflecting the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, including the final regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) that were published in the Federal Register on April 17, 2002, and on June 14, 2004. The life expectancy (1) of a Participant or (ii) of a Participant and the Participant’s Spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) may be recalculated, but no more frequently than annually. The life expectancy of a non-Spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.
(c)      Restrictions on Distributions from Before-Tax, Roth, Safe Harbor Matching and Supplemental Accounts . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, (i) amounts in a Participant’s Before-Tax, Roth, Safe Harbor Matching and Supplemental Accounts and (ii) amounts in a Participant’s Transfer Accounts relating to (A) before-tax contributions, (B) Roth contributions, (C) company contributions used to satisfy the Code Section 401(k) actual deferral percentage test, or (D) company contributions used to satisfy the Code Section 401(m) actual contribution percentage test will not be distributable to such Participant earlier than the earliest of the following to occur:
(1)      The Participant’s death or Disability;
(2)      The Participant’s severance from employment within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2);
(3)      The termination of the Plan, provided that the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(4) are satisfied;
(4)      The attainment by such Participant of age 59½;

47


(5)      The Participant’s incurrence of a financial hardship as described in Section 9.2; or
(6)      In the case of a distribution to a Participant during the period beginning on the date the Participant was, by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in U.S.C. Title 37, Section 101), ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, for a period greater than 179 days or for an indefinite period, and ending at the close of the active duty period, the date of such order or call to active duty.
(d)      Delay Upon Reemployment . If a Participant becomes eligible to receive or begins receiving a benefit payment in accordance with the terms of subsection (a) and subsequently is reemployed by an Affiliate, any distributions to such Participant that have not been processed will be delayed until such Participant again becomes eligible to receive a distribution from the Plan.
10.2      Death Benefits .
If a Participant dies before payment of his benefits from the Plan is made, the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by such Participant in his latest beneficiary designation form filed with the Administrative Committee or otherwise determined in accordance with the terms of Section 10.5 will be entitled to receive a distribution of the total of the entire vested amount credited to such Participant’s Account, determined as of the Valuation Date on which the distribution is processed. A Beneficiary may elect payment in any form that would be available under Section 10.3 if he were a Participant; provided, a Beneficiary may not elect installment payments that extend past the 5-year anniversary of the Participant’s date of death. As required by Code Section 401(a)(9), the Beneficiary’s Account must be distributed in full within 5 years after the date of the Participant’s death. The Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute a Participant’s Account to a Beneficiary without the written consent of such Beneficiary.
10.3      Forms of Distribution .
(a)      Method .
(1)      Generally . Except as provided in subsection (2), the payment of any distribution to a Participant or Beneficiary from the Plan will be in the form of a single-sum distribution. All distributions will be paid in cash or, in the case of a single sum distribution, Company Stock (to the extent the Account is invested in the Company Stock Fund and in-kind distribution is elected by the Participant or Beneficiary).
(2)      Installments . Subject to the provisions of Section 10.1(b)(4), a Participant whose vested Account balance for all subaccounts other than the Rollover Account exceeds $5,000 will be eligible to elect the following distribution options following termination of his employment with the Affiliates:
(A)      Installments for Specified Term . Such Participant may elect, in any manner established by the Administrative Committee, periodic installments made

48


in monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual installments over a period certain, subject to the following:
(1)      If a Participant selects payment in the form of installments over a period certain, the maximum length thereof will be the joint life expectancy of such Participant and his designated Beneficiary. The life expectancy of the Participant and his Beneficiary will be calculated at the time distributions commence and will not thereafter be recalculated.
(2)      If a Participant selects payment in the form of installments over a period certain, the amount of each installment payment will be equal to the Participant’s vested Account balance as of the valuation date on which the installment payment is processed, divided by the total number of remaining installment payments as of such date (including the installment payment then being processed).
(3)      If installment payments of a Participant’s benefit from the Plan have begun, then at any time thereafter the Participant may elect to receive the remaining Account balance in the form of a single-sum payment or cancel the remaining installments. If the Participant cancels the remaining installments, he may make a new installment payment election for his remaining Account balance subject to the requirements of this subsection (a)(2).
(4)      A Participant may not make an installment election under this subsection (A) at any time when he has an installment election under subsection (B) in effect.
(B)      Installments for Specified Amount . Such Participant may elect, in any manner established by the Administrative Committee, periodic installments of a specified dollar amount payable monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually, subject to the following:
(1)      If installment payments of a Participant’s benefit from the Plan have begun, then at any time thereafter the Participant may elect to receive the remaining Account balance in the form of a single-sum payment or cancel the remaining installments. If the Participant cancels the remaining installments, he may make a new installment payment election for his remaining Account balance subject to the requirements of this subsection (a)(2).
(2)      If, at any time when an installment payment scheduled under this subsection is processed, the Participant’s vested Account balance is less than the scheduled installment payment amount, in lieu of the scheduled installment payment the Participant will receive a full distribution of his remaining vested Account balance, and no further installments will be paid thereafter.

49


(3)      A Participant may not make an installment election under this subsection (B) at any time when he has an installment election under subsection (A) in effect.
(C)      Combination Lump Sum and Installments . Such Participant may elect, in any manner established by the Administrative Committee, to receive a single lump sum payment of part of his Account balance, and have the remainder of the Account balance paid in installments in accordance with subsection (A) or (B) above.
(b)      Direct Rollover Distributions .
(1)      Generally . If a Participant, Surviving Spouse, spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order or Beneficiary who is the recipient of any Eligible Rollover Distribution elects to have such Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan and specifies (in such form and at such time as the Administrative Committee may prescribe) the Eligible Retirement Plan to which such distribution is to be paid, such distribution will be made in the form of a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to the specified Eligible Retirement Plan. For purposes of this provision, a Beneficiary does not include a Beneficiary that is not an individual, except a Beneficiary that is a trust, of which the beneficiaries are individuals or otherwise meet the requirements to be designated beneficiaries within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).
(2)      Roth Contributions . Notwithstanding subsection (b)(1) hereof, a direct rollover, as described in subsection (b)(1) hereof, of a distribution from a Participant’s Roth Account or Roth Rollover Account will only be made to another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) or to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, and only to the extent the transfer is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).
10.4      Qualified Domestic Relations Orders .
In the event the Administrative Committee receives a domestic relations order which it determines to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Plan will pay the benefit provided in the order to the prescribed alternate payee(s) at such time and in such form as described in the qualified domestic relations order and permitted under the terms of the Plan. If the qualified domestic relations order requires immediate payment, the specified benefit will be paid to the alternate payee as soon as practicable after the Administrative Committee determines that the order is qualified or, if later, after timing restrictions and requirements under the Code are satisfied. To the extent consistent with the qualified domestic relations order, the amount of the payment to an alternate payee will include earnings, interest and other investment proceeds through (but not after) the Valuation Date as of which the Trustee processes the distribution. If a Participant’s Account is partially paid or payable to an alternate payee, the Participant’s remaining portion of his Account will be reduced accordingly and will be subject to the distribution provisions in this Article. To the extent necessary or appropriate under a qualified domestic relations order, the Administrative Committee will establish a separate account (and any appropriate subaccounts) for the benefit of the alternate payee.

50


10.5      Beneficiary Designation .
(a)      General . In accordance with the terms of this Section, Participants will designate and from time to time may redesignate their Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of the benefits described in this Article in such form and manner as the Administrative Committee may determine. A Participant will be deemed to have named his Surviving Spouse, if any, as his sole primary Beneficiary unless his Spouse consents to the payment of all or a specified portion of the Participant’s benefit to a primary Beneficiary other than or in addition to the Surviving Spouse in a manner satisfying the requirements of a Qualified Spousal Waiver and such other procedures as the Administrative Committee may establish. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a married Participant may designate a non-Spouse primary Beneficiary without a Qualified Spousal Waiver (unless otherwise required by a qualified domestic relations order) if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Administrative Committee that: (i) he has no Spouse or his Spouse cannot be located; (ii) he is legally separated from his Spouse or he has been abandoned by his Spouse (within the meaning of local law) and he has a court order to such effect; or (iii) such other permissible circumstances exist as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant has designated his Spouse as Beneficiary then subsequently become divorced from that Spouse, the Spouse will be treated as having predeceased the Participant unless and until either (i) the Participant submits a new Beneficiary designation naming that Former Spouse as Beneficiary, or (ii) the Participant remarries such former Spouse.
(b)      No Designation or Designee Dead or Missing . In the event that:
(1)      a Participant dies without designating a Beneficiary;
(2)      the Beneficiary designated by a Participant is not surviving when a payment is to be made to such person under the Plan, and no contingent Beneficiary has been designated; or
(3)      the Beneficiary designated by a Participant cannot be located by the Administrative Committee within 1 year after the date benefits are to commence to such person;
then, in any of such events, the Beneficiary of such Participant will be the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, if any, and if not, then the estate of the Participant; provided, if the Participant does not have a Surviving Spouse (or the Surviving Spouse cannot be located within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death), and no claim has been made on behalf of the Participant’s estate within a reasonable period of time after the Participant’s death, then the Beneficiary will be such heirs and/or relatives of the Participant as the Administrative Committee may determine in its sole discretion, and payment to such Beneficiary will be deemed in full satisfaction of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan, without further liability with respect to such Participant’s benefits on the part of the Plan, any Participating Company, the Administrative Committee or the Trustee.





51


10.6      Forfeiture of Benefits by Killers .
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no payment of benefits will be made under any provision of the Plan to any individual who kills the Participant or beneficiary with respect to whom such amount would otherwise be payable. An individual will be treated as having killed a Participant or beneficiary for purposes of this Section only if, by virtue of such individual’s involvement in the death of the Participant or beneficiary, such individual’s entitlement to any interest in assets of the deceased could be denied (whether or not there is in fact any such entitlement) under any applicable law, state or federal, including without limitation laws governing intestate succession, wills, jointly-owned property, bonds, and life insurance. For purposes of the Plan, any such killer will be deemed to have predeceased the Participant or beneficiary, as applicable. The Administrative Committee may withhold distribution of benefits otherwise payable under the Plan for such period of time as is necessary or appropriate under the circumstances to make a determination with regard to the application of this Section.
10.7      Claims .
(a)      Participant Rights . If a Participant or beneficiary has any grievance, complaint or claim concerning any aspect of the operation or administration of the Plan or Trust, including but not limited to claims for benefits and complaints concerning the investments of Plan assets (collectively referred to herein as “claim” or “claims”), the Participant or beneficiary will submit the claim in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. All such claims must be submitted within the “applicable limitations period.” The “applicable limitations period” will be 2 years, beginning on (i) in the case of any payment, the date on which the payment was made, or (ii) for all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred. Additionally, upon denial of an appeal pursuant to subsection (c) hereof, a Participant or beneficiary will have 90 days within which to bring suit against the Plan for any grievance, complaint or claim related to such denied appeal; any such suit initiated after such 90-day period will be precluded. Any action in connection with the Plan by an Employee, Participant or beneficiary may be brought only in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia or Fulton County, Georgia state court (as applicable).
(b)      Procedure . Claims under the Plan may be filed with the Administrative Committee on forms supplied by the Administrative Committee or in any other format acceptable to the Administrative Committee in its discretion, in accordance with subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) hereof, as applicable.
(1)      Non-Disability Claims . Except as provided in subsection (b)(2), the Administrative Committee will furnish to the claimant written notice of the disposition of a claim within 90 days after the application therefor is filed; provided, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice of the extension to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, and such extension will not exceed one additional, consecutive 90-day period. In the event the claim is denied, the notice of the disposition of the claim will provide the specific reasons for the denial, cites of the pertinent provisions of the Plan, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim and/or submit the claim for review (where appropriate),

52


and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
(2)      Claims Based on an Independent Determination of Disability . With respect to a claim for benefits under the Plan based on Disability (other than eligibility for Social Security disability benefits), the Administrative Committee will furnish to the claimant written notice of the disposition of a claim within 45 days after the application therefor is filed; provided, if matters beyond the control of the Administrative Committee require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice of the extension to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 45-day period, and such extension will not exceed one additional, consecutive 30-day period; and, provided further, if matters beyond the control of the Administrative Committee require an additional extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice of the second extension to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 30-day extension period, and such extension will not exceed an additional, consecutive 30-day period. Notice of any extension under this subsection (b)(2) will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues. In the event the claim is denied, the notice of the disposition of the claim will provide the specific reasons for the denial, cites of the pertinent provisions of the Plan, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim and/or submit the claim for review (where appropriate), and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
(c)      Review Procedure . Any Participant or beneficiary who has been denied a benefit or received an unfavorable response to a claim, or his duly authorized representative, will be entitled, upon request to the Administrative Committee, to appeal the denial of his claim in accordance with subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2) hereof, as applicable. The claimant or his duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents related to the Plan and in the Administrative Committee’s possession, free of charge, in order to prepare the appeal.
(1)      Non-Disability Claims . The document containing the request for review, together with a written statement of the claimant’s position, must be filed with the Administrative Committee no later than 60 days after receipt of the written notification of denial of a claim provided for in subsection (b) hereof. The Administrative Committee’s decision will be made within 60 days following the filing of the request for review and will be communicated in writing to the claimant; provided, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, and such an extension will not exceed one additional 60-day period. If unfavorable, the notice of decision will explain the reason or reasons for denial, indicate the provisions of the Plan or other documents used to arrive at the decision, and state the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

53


(2)      Claims Based on an Independent Determination of Disability . With respect to an appeal of a denial of benefits under the Plan based on Disability (other than eligibility for Social Security disability benefits), the document containing the request for review, together with a written statement of the claimant’s position, must be filed with the Administrative Committee no later than 180 days after receipt of the written notification of denial of a claim provided for in subsection (b) hereof. The Administrative Committee’s decision will be made within 45 days following the filing of the request for review and will be communicated in writing to the claimant; provided, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal, the Administrative Committee will furnish written notice to the claimant prior to the end of the initial 45-day period, and such an extension will not exceed one additional 45-day period. The Administrative Committee’s review will not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and will be conducted by an individual who is neither the individual who made the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of such individual. In deciding an appeal of any adverse benefit determination that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the Administrative Committee will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment and who is neither an individual who was consulted in connection with the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of any such individual. If unfavorable, the notice of decision will explain the reason or reasons for denial, indicate the provisions of the Plan or other documents used to arrive at the decision, state the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a), and identify all medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained by the Administrative Committee in connection with a claimant’s adverse benefit determination.
(d)      Satisfaction of Claims . Any payment to a Participant or beneficiary, or to his legal representative or heirs at law, all in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, will to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee, the Administrative Committee, and the Participating Companies, any of whom may require such Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or heirs at law, as a condition to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as will be determined by the Trustee, the Administrative Committee or the Participating Companies, as the case may be. If receipt and release are required but execution by such Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or heirs at law are not accomplished so that the terms of Section 10.1(b) (dealing with the timing of distributions) may be fulfilled, such benefits may be distributed or paid into any appropriate court or to such other place as such court directs, for disposition in accordance with the order of such court, and such distribution will be deemed to comply with the requirements of Section 10.1(b).

54


10.8      Explanation of Rollover Distributions .
Within a reasonable period of time as defined under Code Section 402(f) before making an Eligible Rollover Distribution (which may include certain withdrawals permitted under Article IX) from the Plan, the Administrative Committee will provide the distributee with a written explanation of (i) the provisions under which the distributee may have the distribution directly transferred to another Eligible Retirement Plan, (ii) the provisions which require the withholding of tax on the distribution if it is not directly transferred to another Eligible Retirement Plan, (iii) the provisions under which the distribution will not be subject to tax if transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan within 60 days after the date on which the distributee receives the distribution, and (iv) such other terms and provisions as may be required under Code Section 402(f) and the regulations thereunder.
10.9      Unclaimed Benefits .
In the event a Participant or beneficiary becomes entitled to benefits under this Article and the Administrative Committee is unable to locate such Participant or beneficiary (after such diligent efforts as the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion deems appropriate) within 1 year of the date upon which he became so entitled, the full Account of such Participant or beneficiary will be deemed abandoned and treated as a Forfeiture; provided, in the event such Participant or beneficiary is located or makes a claim subsequent to the allocation of the abandoned Account, the amount of such abandoned Account (unadjusted for any investment gains or losses from the time of abandonment) will be restored (from abandoned Accounts, Forfeitures or Contributions made by the Participating Companies) to such Participant or beneficiary, as appropriate; and, provided further, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may delay the deemed date of abandonment of any such Account for a period longer than the prescribed 1 year if it believes that it is in the best interest of the Plan to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the distribution is payable upon termination of the Plan, the Administrative Committee will not be required to wait until the end of such 1-year period.
10.10      Recovery of Mistaken Payments .
If any benefit is paid to a Participant, Spouse, alternate payee or Beneficiary in an amount that is greater than the amount payable under the terms of the Plan, the Plan will recover the excess benefit amount by eliminating or reducing the Participant’s, Spouse’s, alternate payee’s or Beneficiary’s future benefit payments. If no further benefits are payable to the Participant, Spouse, alternate payee or Beneficiary under the Plan, the Administrative Committee, in its discretion, may employ such means as are available under applicable law to recover the excess benefit amount from the Participant, Spouse, alternate payee or Beneficiary.
10.11      Recordkeeper Transition Rule .
For purposes of effectuating a change in the Plan’s recordkeeper or other administrative changes, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, the Administrative Committee may designate a period during which no distributions will be permitted.

55



ARTICLE XI
ADMINISTRATION
11.1      Administrative Committee; Appointment and Term of Office .
(a)      Appointment . The Administrative Committee will consist of one or more members. As of the Effective Date, the Administrative Committee will consist of those individuals who have been so appointed by the Board.
(b)      Removal; Resignation . The Board will have the right to remove any member of the Administrative Committee at any time. A member may resign at any time by written resignation to the Board. If a vacancy in the Administrative Committee should occur, a successor may be appointed by the Board.
11.2      Organization of Administrative Committee .
The Administrative Committee may elect a Chairman and a Secretary from among its members. In addition to those powers set forth elsewhere in the Plan, the Administrative Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members of such Administrative Committee, as it may deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Administrative Committee may deem expedient or appropriate. The compensation of such agents who are not full-time Employees of a Participating Company will be fixed by the Administrative Committee and will be paid by the Controlling Company (to be divided equitably among the Participating Companies) or from the Trust Fund as determined by the Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee will act by majority vote or by resolutions signed by a majority of the Administrative Committee members. Its members will serve as such without compensation.
11.3      Powers and Responsibility .
(a)      Fiduciary Responsibilities . The Administrative Committee will fulfill the duties of “administrator” as set forth in ERISA Section 3(16) and will have complete control of the administration of the Plan hereunder, with all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out its duties as set forth in the Plan and the Trust Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Committee, acting in its role as Named Fiduciary, will have the following duties and responsibilities:
(1)      to construe the Plan and to determine all questions that arise thereunder;
(2)      to decide all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the Plan;
(3)      to determine the benefits of the Plan to which any Participant or beneficiary may be entitled;

56


(4)      to make factual findings with respect to claims for benefits;
(5)      to maintain and retain records relating to Participants and beneficiaries;
(6)      to prepare and furnish to Participants all information required under federal law or provisions of the Plan to be furnished to them;
(7)      to prepare and furnish to the Trustee and/or recordkeeper sufficient employee data and the amount of Contributions received from all sources so that the Trustee or recordkeeper may maintain separate accounts for Participants and Beneficiaries and make required payments of benefits;
(8)      to prepare and file or publish with the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, their delegates and all other appropriate government officials all reports and other information required under law to be so filed or published;
(9)      subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, to provide directions to the Trustee with respect to methods of benefit payment, and all other matters where called for in the Plan or requested by the Trustee;
(10)      to engage assistants and professional advisers;
(11)      to arrange for fiduciary bonding;
(12)      to provide procedures for determination of claims for benefits;
(13)      to establish policies and procedures for the administration of the Plan;
(14)      to designate, from time to time, the Trustee; and
(15)      to delegate any recordkeeping or other administerial duties hereunder to any other person or third-party;
all as further set forth herein.

(b)      Other Powers . In addition to serving as administrator of the Plan, the Administrative Committee has been vested with the authority to take certain actions on behalf of the Controlling Company as settlor of the Plan, including the authority to amend the Plan as provided for in Article XIII, and to grant service with predecessor employers as provided in Sections 1.83 and 1.84. In exercising such authority and in taking any other action on behalf of the Controlling Company as settlor of the Plan, the Administrative Committee will not be deemed to be acting as a Plan fiduciary.

57


11.4      Delegation .
The Administrative Committee will have the power to delegate specific fiduciary, administrative and ministerial responsibilities (other than Trustee responsibilities). Such delegations may be to officers or Employees of a Participating Company or to other persons, all of whom will serve at the pleasure of the Administrative Committee. References in the Plan to the Administrative Committee are deemed to include any person authorized to act on its behalf pursuant to this Section.
11.5      Reporting and Disclosure .
The Administrative Committee will keep all individual and group records relating to Participants and beneficiaries and all other records necessary for the proper operation of the Plan. Such records will be made available to the Participating Companies and to each Participant and beneficiary for examination during normal business hours except that a Participant or beneficiary will examine only such records as pertain exclusively to the examining Participant or beneficiary and the Plan and Trust Agreement. The Administrative Committee will prepare and will file as required by law or regulation all reports, forms, documents and other items required by ERISA, the Code and every other relevant statute, each as amended, and all regulations thereunder. This provision will not be construed as imposing upon the Administrative Committee the responsibility or authority for the preparation, preservation, publication or filing of any document required to be prepared, published, preserved or filed by the Trustee or by any other fiduciary to whom such responsibilities are delegated by law or by the Plan.
11.6      Construction of the Plan .
The Administrative Committee will take such steps as are considered necessary and appropriate to remedy any inequity that results from incorrect information received or communicated in good faith or as the consequence of an administrative error. Such remedial steps may include, but are not limited to, taking any voluntary corrective action under any correction program available through the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or other administrative agency. The Administrative Committee, in its sole and full discretion, will interpret the Plan and will determine the questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan. The Administrative Committee will endeavor to act, whether by general rules or by particular decisions, so as not to discriminate in favor of or against any person and so as to treat all persons in similar circumstances uniformly. The Administrative Committee will correct any defect, reconcile any inconsistency or supply any omission with respect to the Plan.
11.7      Assistants and Advisors .
(a)      Engaging Advisors . The Administrative Committee will have the right to hire, at the expense of the Controlling Company (to be divided equitably among the Participating Companies), such professional assistants and consultants as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable. To the extent that the costs for such assistants and advisors are not paid by the Controlling Company, they will be paid at the direction of the Administrative Committee from the Trust Fund as an expense of the Trust Fund.

58


(b)      Reliance on Advisors . The Administrative Committee and the Participating Companies will be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports made by an accountant, attorney or other professional adviser selected pursuant to this Section; the Administrative Committee, the Participating Companies, and the Trustee will be fully protected in respect to any action taken by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or opinion of any such accountant, attorney or other professional adviser; and any action so taken will be conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons interested in the Plan.
11.8      Investment Committee .
(a)      Appointment . As of the Effective Date, the Investment Committee will consist of those individuals who have been so appointed by the Board. The Board will have the right to remove any member of the Investment Committee at any time. A member may resign at any time by written resignation to the Board. If a vacancy in the Investment Committee should occur, a successor may be appointed by the Board.
(b)      Duties . The Investment Committee will have the following responsibility and authority:
(1)      To appoint one or more persons to serve as investment manager with respect to all or part of the Plan assets, including assets maintained under separate accounts of an insurance company;
(2)      To allocate the responsibility and authority being carried out by the Investment Committee among the members of the Committee;
(3)      To take any action appropriate to ensure that the Plan assets are invested for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the Plan and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, subject to the requirements of any applicable law; and
(4)      To employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility or authority being carried out by the Investment Committee. To the extent that the costs for such assistants and advisors are not paid by a Participating Company, they will be paid at the direction of the Investment Committee from the Trust Fund as an expense of the Trust Fund.
11.9      Direction of Trustee .
The Investment Committee will have the power to provide the Trustee with general investment policy guidelines and directions to assist the Trustee respecting investments made in compliance with, and pursuant to, the terms of the Plan.

59


11.10      Bonding .
The Administrative Committee will arrange for fiduciary bonding as is required by law, but no bonding in excess of the amount required by law will be required by the Plan.
11.11      Indemnification .
Each of the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee and each member of those committees will be indemnified by the Participating Companies against judgment amounts, settlement amounts (other than amounts paid in settlement to which the Participating Companies do not consent) and expenses, reasonably incurred by the committee or him in connection with any action to which the committee or he may be a party (by reason of his service as a member of a committee), except in relation to matters as to which the committee or he is adjudged in such action to be personally guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its or his duties. The foregoing right to indemnification will be in addition to such other rights as such committee or each committee member may enjoy as a matter of law or by reason of insurance coverage of any kind. Rights granted hereunder will be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights to indemnification to which such committee or each committee member may be entitled pursuant to the by-laws of the Controlling Company. Service on the Administrative or Investment Committee will be deemed in partial fulfillment of a committee member’s function as an Employee, officer and/or director of the Controlling Company or any Participating Company, if he serves in such other capacity as well.


60


ARTICLE XII
ALLOCATION OF AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
12.1      Controlling Company .
(a)      General Responsibilities . The Controlling Company, as Plan sponsor, will have the following authority and responsibilities:
(1)      To appoint the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee and to monitor each of their performances;
(2)      To communicate such information to the Trustee, the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee as each needs for the proper performance of its duties; and
(3)      To provide channels and mechanisms through which the Administrative Committee and/or the Trustee can communicate with Participants.
In addition, the Controlling Company will perform such duties as are imposed by law or by regulation and will serve as plan administrator in the absence of an appointed Administrative Committee.

(b)      Authority of Participating Companies . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and in addition to the authority and responsibilities specifically given to the Participating Companies in the Plan, the Controlling Company, in its sole discretion, may grant the Participating Companies such authority and charge them with such responsibilities as the Controlling Company deems appropriate.
12.2      Administrative Committee .
(a)      General Responsibilities . The Administrative Committee will have the authority and responsibilities imposed by Article XI. With respect to the authority and responsibilities described in Section 11.3(a), the Administrative Committee will be a Named Fiduciary. The Administrative Committee will have no authority or responsibilities other than as granted in the Plan or imposed as a matter of law.
(b)      Allocation of Authority . In the event any of the areas of authority and responsibilities of the Administrative Committee overlap with that of any other Plan fiduciary, the Administrative Committee will coordinate with such other fiduciaries the execution of such authority and responsibilities; provided, the decision of the Administrative Committee with respect to such authority and responsibilities ultimately will be controlling.
12.3      Investment Committee .
The Investment Committee, if any is appointed, will be a Named Fiduciary with respect to its authority and responsibilities, as imposed by Article XI. The Investment Committee will have no authority or responsibilities other than those granted in the Plan and the Trust.

61


12.4      Trustee .
The Trustee will be a fiduciary with respect to the Trust Fund assets and will have the powers and duties set forth in the Trust Agreement.
12.5      Limitations on Obligations of Fiduciaries .
No fiduciary will have authority or responsibility to deal with matters other than as delegated to it under the Plan, under the Trust Agreement or by operation of law. A fiduciary will not in any event be liable for breach of fiduciary responsibility or obligation by another fiduciary (including Named Fiduciaries) if the responsibility or authority for the act or omission deemed to be a breach was not within the scope of such fiduciary’s authority or delegated responsibility.
12.6      Delegation .
Named Fiduciaries will have the power to delegate specific fiduciary responsibilities (other than Trustee responsibilities). Such delegations may be to officers or Employees of a Participating Company or to other persons, all of whom will serve at the pleasure of the Named Fiduciary making such delegation. Any such person may resign by delivering a written resignation to the delegating Named Fiduciary. Vacancies created by any reason may be filled by the appropriate Named Fiduciary or the assigned responsibilities may be assumed or redelegated by the Named Fiduciary.
12.7      Multiple Fiduciary Roles .
Any person may hold more than one position of fiduciary responsibility and will be liable for each such responsibility separately.


62


ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND ADOPTION
13.1      Amendment .
The provisions of the Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board, the Administrative Committee or any duly authorized officer of the Controlling Company; provided:
(a)     No amendment will increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without the consent of such party;
(b)     Except as permitted by applicable laws, no amendment will decrease the balance or vested percentage of an Account or eliminate an optional form of benefit;
(c)     No amendment will be made which would divert any of the assets of the Trust Fund to any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries, except that the Plan and Trust Agreement may be amended retroactively and to affect the Accounts of Participants and Beneficiaries if necessary to cause the Plan and Trust to be qualified and exempt from taxation under the Code;
(d)     No amendment, unless authorized by the Board, will result in a significant cost increase to the Controlling Company; and
(e)     Each amendment made by the Administrative Committee will be approved by a majority of the Administrative Committee by resolutions, and each amendment made by an officer of the Controlling Company will be approved by a resolution executed by such officer.
13.2      Termination .
(a)      Right to Terminate . The Controlling Company expects the Plan to be continued indefinitely, but it reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time by action of the Board. In either event, the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee, each Participating Company and the Trustee will be promptly advised of such decision in writing. For termination of the Plan by a Participating Company as to itself (rather than the termination of the entire Plan) refer to Section 13.3(e).
(b)      Vesting Upon Complete Termination . If the Plan is terminated by the Controlling Company, the Accounts of all Participants, Beneficiaries or other successors in interest as of such date will become 100% vested and nonforfeitable. Upon termination of the Plan, the Administrative Committee will instruct the Trustee, to the extent permissible under applicable law, to pay over to each Participant the value of his interest in a single-sum payment and to thereupon dissolve the Trust.
(c)      Dissolution of Trust . In the event that the Administrative Committee decides to dissolve the Trust, as soon as practicable following the termination of the Plan or the Administrative

63


Committee’s decision, whichever is later, the assets under the Plan will be converted to cash or other distributable assets, to the extent necessary to effect a complete distribution of the Trust assets as described hereinbelow. Following completion of the conversion, on a date selected by the Administrative Committee, each individual with an Account under the Plan on such date will receive a distribution of the total amount then credited to his Account. The amount of cash and other property distributable to each such individual will be determined as of the date of distribution (treating, for this purpose, such distribution date as the Valuation Date as of which the distributable amount is determined). In the case of a termination distribution as provided herein, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to take any action provided in Section 10.9 (dealing with unclaimed benefits), except that it will not be necessary to hold funds for any period of time stated in such Section. Within the expense limitations set forth in the Plan, the Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee to use assets of the Trust Fund to pay any due and accrued expenses and liabilities of the Trust and any expenses involved in termination of the Plan (other than expenses incurred for the benefit of the Participating Companies). Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, upon termination of the Plan, the Administrative Committee may elect to transfer a missing Participant’s or beneficiary’s Account to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established by ERISA Section 4002, as permitted under ERISA Section 4050(d).
(d)      Vesting Upon Partial Termination . In the event of a partial termination of the Plan as provided in Code Section 411(d)(3), the Accounts of those Participants and Beneficiaries affected will become 100% vested and nonforfeitable and, unless transferred to another qualified plan, will be distributed in a manner and at a time consistent with the terms of Article X.
13.3      Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Company .
(a)      Procedures for Participation . As of the Effective Date, the Controlling Company and the other Affiliates listed on Schedule A hereto will be Participating Companies in the Plan. Any other Affiliate may become a Participating Company and commence participation in the Plan subject to the provisions of this subsection. In order for an Affiliate to become a Participating Company, the Controlling Company or the Administrative Committee must designate such company as a Participating Company and specify the effective date of such designation. The name of any Affiliate which will commence participation in the Plan, along with the effective date of its participation, may be recorded in the records of the Controlling Company or the Administrative Committee or on Schedule A hereto, which may be appropriately modified each time a Participating Company is added or deleted without necessity of amending the Plan. To adopt the Plan as a Participating Company, the company must accept designation as a Participating Company, subject to all of the provisions of this Plan and of the Trust. Upon adoption of the Plan by a Participating Company as herein provided, the Employees of such company will be eligible to participate in the Plan subject to the terms hereof and of the Administrative Committee’s designation of the adopting company as such.
(b)      Single Plan . The Plan will be considered a single plan for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(l)-1(b)(1). All assets contributed to the Plan by the Participating Companies will be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries. Nothing contained herein will be construed to prohibit the separate accounting of assets contributed by the Participating Companies

64


for purposes of cost allocation, Contributions, Forfeitures and other purposes, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and as directed by the Administrative Committee.
(c)      Authority under Plan . As long as a Participating Company’s designation as such remains in effect, such Participating Company will be bound by, and subject to, all provisions of the Plan and the Trust. The exclusive authority to amend the Plan and the Trust will be vested in the Administrative Committee and the Board, and no other Participating Company will have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust adopted by the Administrative Committee or the Board will be binding upon every Participating Company without further action by such Participating Company.
(d)      Contributions to Plan . A Participating Company will be required to make Contributions to the Plan at such times and in such amounts as specified in Article III. The Contributions made (or to be made) to the Plan by the Participating Companies will be allocated between and among such companies in whatever equitable manner or amounts as the Administrative Committee will determine.
(e)      Withdrawal from Plan . The Administrative Committee may terminate the designation of a Participating Company, effective as of any date. A company’s status as a Participating Company automatically will cease as of the date it ceases to be an Affiliate. A Participating Company may withdraw from participation in the Plan, with the approval of the Administrative Committee. The withdrawal of a Participating Company will be effective as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the notice of withdrawal is received by the Administrative Committee (unless the Controlling Company or Administrative Committee consents to a different effective date). Any Participating Company which ceases to be a Participating Company will be liable for all costs and liabilities (whether imposed under the terms of the Plan, the Code or ERISA) accrued, with respect to its Employees, through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination. The withdrawing or terminating Participating Company will have no right to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its Employees unless such transfer is approved by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion.
13.4      Merger, Consolidation and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities .
In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets or liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, each Participant and Beneficiary will have a plan benefit in the surviving or transferee plan (determined as if such plan were then terminated immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets or liabilities) that is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive under the Plan immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets or liabilities, if the Plan had terminated at that time.

65


ARTICLE XIV
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
14.1      Top-Heavy Plan Years .
The provisions set forth in this Article will become effective for any Plan Years with respect to which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan and will supersede any other provisions of the Plan which are inconsistent with these provisions; provided, if the Plan is determined not to be a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year subsequent to a Plan Year in which the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan, the provisions of this Article will not apply with respect to such subsequent Plan Year; provided further, the provisions of this Article will not apply with respect to any Plan Year in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) are met; and, provided further, to the extent that any of the requirements of this Article are no longer required under Code Section 416 or any other Section of the Code, such requirements will be of no force or effect.
14.2      Determination of Top-Heavy Status .
(a)      Application . The Plan will be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year if either:
(1)     the Plan is not part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group and, as of the Determination Date of such Plan Year, the value of the Accounts of the Participants who are Key Employees under the Plan exceeds 60% of the value of the Accounts of all Participants; or
(2)      the Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group which, as of the Determination Date of such Plan Year, is a Top-Heavy Group;
provided, the Plan will not be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year under subsection (a)(2) hereof if the Plan also is part of a Permissive Aggregation Group which is not a Top-Heavy Group for such Plan Year.

(b)      Special Definitions .
(1)      Determination Date . The term “Determination Date” means (i) in the case of the Plan Year that includes the original effective date of the Plan, the last day of such Plan Year, and (ii) with respect to any other Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year and (iii) for any plan year of each other qualified plan maintained by a Participating Company or Affiliate which is part of a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, the date determined under (i) or (ii) above as if the term “Plan Year” means the plan year for each such other qualified plan.
(2)      Key Employee . The term “Key Employee” means an Employee defined in Code Section 416(i) and the regulations thereunder. Generally, Key Employee will mean

66


an Employee, former Employee or deceased Employee (and the beneficiaries of any such Employee) who, at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date, was either:
(A)      An officer of an Affiliate having a combined annual Compensation from all Affiliates greater than $130,000 (or such other amount as is applicable for the Plan Year under Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i)); provided, no more than 50 Employees (or, if lesser, the greater of 3% or 10% of all Employees of an Affiliate) will be treated as officers of an Affiliate;
(B)      A 5 percent owner (or constructive owner within the meaning of Code Section 318, as modified by Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(iii)) of an Affiliate; or
(C)      A 1 percent owner (or constructive owner within the meaning of Code Section 318, as modified by Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(iii) and the regulations thereunder) of an Affiliate having a combined annual Compensation from all Affiliates of more than $150,000.
(3)      Non-Key Employee . The term “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee who is not a Key Employee. For purposes hereof, former Key Employees will be treated as Non-Key Employees.
(4)      Permissive Aggregation Group . The term “Permissive Aggregation Group” means a Required Aggregation Group and any other qualified plan or plans maintained or contributed to by an Affiliate which, when considered with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
(5)      Required Aggregation Group . The term “Required Aggregation Group” means a group of plans of the Affiliates consisting of (i) each plan which, for such Plan Year or any of the 4 preceding Plan Years, qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and in which a Key Employee is a participant, and (ii) each other plan which, during this 5-year period, qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and which enables any plan described in clause (i) hereof to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.
(6)      Top-Heavy Group . The term “Top-Heavy Group” means a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group with respect to which the sum (determined as of a Determination Date) of (i) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all Defined Benefit Plans included in such group, and (ii) the aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees under all Defined Contribution Plans included in such group, exceeds 60% of a similar sum determined for all Employees.
(c)      Special Rules . The following rules will apply in determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) above:

67


(1)      The value of any account balance under any Defined Contribution Plan and the value of any accrued benefit under any Defined Benefit Plan will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within, or ends with, the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date or, if plans are aggregated, the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
(2)      The value of the Accounts under the Plan or the accounts under any other Defined Contribution Plan included in a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group for any Determination Date, other than the Determination Date for the first plan year, will include the amounts actually contributed and paid to the plan on or before the Determination Date, and will exclude any amounts to be contributed with respect to such preceding plan year but not actually paid to the plan on or before the Determination Date. The value of the accounts under any Defined Contribution Plan for the Determination Date of the first plan year will include all amounts contributed to the plan as of the Determination Date, regardless of whether such amounts will have been actually paid or merely accrued as of the Determination Date.
(3)      The value of any account balance under any Defined Contribution Plan and the present value of any accrued benefit under any Defined Benefit Plan as of any Determination Date will be increased by the aggregate distributions made under the plan (including distributions under a terminated plan which, if it had not been terminated, would have been included in a Required Aggregation Group) during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date (or, in the case of distributions made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date).
(4)      Accrued benefits and accounts of the following individuals will not be taken into account for a Plan Year: (A) any Non-Key Employee who, in a prior Plan Year, was a Key Employee or (B) any Employee who had not performed any services for a Participating Company at any time during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date for such Plan Year.
(5)      The value of any account balance will not include deductible employee contributions, as described in Code Section 72(o)(5)(A).
(6)      The extent to which rollovers and plan to plan transfers are taken into account in determining the value of any account balance or accrued benefit will be determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
(7)      Each Non-Key Employee’s accrued benefit under the Plan and any Defined Benefit Plans will be determined (A) under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all Defined Benefit Plans, or (B) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate set forth under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

68


14.3      Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution .
(a)      Multiple Defined Contribution Plans . For any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the aggregate company Contributions (when added to similar contributions made under other defined contribution plans) allocated to the Account of any Active Participant who is a Non-Key Employee will not be less than the Defined Contribution Minimum. To the extent that the company Contributions are less than the Defined Contribution Minimum, additional company Contributions will be provided under the Plan. For purposes hereof, a Non-Key Employee will not fail to receive a minimum contribution hereunder for a Plan Year because (i) such Non-Key Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service for such Plan Year or (ii) such Non-Key Employee is excluded from participation (or receives no allocation) merely because his Compensation is less than a stated amount or because he failed to make a Deferral Election for such Plan Year.
(b)      Defined Contribution and Benefit Plans . In the event that Non-Key Employees are covered under both the Plan and one or more Defined Benefit Plans maintained by an Affiliate, the minimum contribution level set forth in subsection (a) hereof will be satisfied if each such Non-Key Employee receives a benefit level under such Defined Contribution and Defined Benefit Plans which is not less than the Defined Benefit Minimum offset by any benefits provided under the Plan and any other Defined Contribution Plans maintained by any Affiliate.
(c)      Defined Contribution Minimum . The term “Defined Contribution Minimum” means, with respect to the Plan, a minimum level of company Contributions allocated with respect to a Plan Year to the Account of each Active Participant who is a Non-Key Employee; such level being the lesser of:
(1)      3% of such Active Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year; or
(2)      if no Defined Benefit Plan of an Affiliate uses the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410, the highest percentage of Compensation at which company Contributions are made, or are required to be made, under the Plan for such Plan Year for any Key Employee.
For purposes of this subsection (c), (i) qualified nonelective contributions made by the Controlling Company in order to satisfy the anti-discrimination tests of Code Section 401(k) or Section 401(m) (for example, Supplemental Contributions) may be treated as company Contributions, (ii) Participant Contributions (other than Catch-Up Contributions) and Matching Contributions will be taken into account as company Contributions for Key Employees, (iii) Matching Contributions may be treated as company Contributions and may be taken into account for satisfying the minimum contribution requirement for Non-Key Employees, and (iv) Before-Tax and Roth Contributions will not be taken into account for satisfying the minimum contribution requirement for Non-Key Employees.

(d)      Defined Benefit Minimum . The term “Defined Benefit Minimum” means, with respect to a Defined Benefit Plan, a minimum level of accrued benefit derived from employer contributions with respect to a plan year for each participant who is a Non-Key Employee; such level, when expressed as an annual retirement benefit, being not less than the product of (1) and (2), where:

69


(1)      equals the Non-Key Employee’s average Compensation for the period of consecutive years (not exceeding 5) when such Non-Key Employee had the highest aggregate Compensation from all Affiliates; and
(2)      equals the lesser of (A) 2% times such Non-Key Employee’s number of years of service or (B) 20%.
For purposes of determining the Defined Benefit Minimum, “years of service” will not include any year of service if the plan was not a Top-Heavy Plan for the plan year ending during such year of service and will not include any years of service completed in a plan year beginning before January 1, 1984. Compensation in years before January 1, 1984, and Compensation in years after the close of the last plan year in which the plan is a Top-Heavy Plan will be disregarded. All accruals of employer-provided benefits, whether or not attributable to years for which the Plan is top heavy, may be used in determining whether the minimum contribution requirements set forth in this Section are satisfied.

14.4      Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting .
The vesting schedule set forth in Section 8.1 satisfies the top-heavy minimum vesting requirements.
14.5      Construction of Limitations and Requirements .
The descriptions of the limitations and requirements set forth in this Article are intended to serve as statements of the minimum legal requirements necessary for the Plan to remain qualified under the applicable terms of the Code. The Participating Companies do not desire or intend, and the terms of this Article will not be construed, to impose any more restrictions on the operation of the Plan than required by law. Therefore, the terms of this Article and any related terms and definitions in the Plan will be interpreted and operated in a manner which imposes the least restrictions on the Plan.


70


ARTICLE XV
MISCELLANEOUS
15.1      Nonalienation of Benefits and Spendthrift Clause .
(a)      General Nonalienation Requirements . Except to the extent permitted by law and as provided in subsection (b), (c) or (d) hereof, none of the Accounts, benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under the Plan will be subject to the claim of any creditor of a Participant or beneficiary or to any legal process by any creditor of such Participant or beneficiary; and neither such Participant nor beneficiary will have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any of the Accounts, benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under the Plan except to the extent expressly provided herein.
(b)      Exception for Qualified Domestic Relations Orders .
(1)      The nonalienation requirements of subsection (a) hereof will apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is (i) determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), entered on or after January 1, 1985, or (ii) any domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), entered before January 1, 1985, pursuant to which a transferor plan was paying benefits on January 1, 1985. The Administrative Committee will establish reasonable written procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Further, to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, a former spouse of a Participant will be treated as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
(2)      The Administrative Committee will establish reasonable procedures to administer distributions under qualified domestic relations orders which are submitted to it. The Administrative Committee, to the extent provided in a qualified domestic relations order, will direct the Trustee to pay, in a single-sum payment, the full amount of the benefit payable to any alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order. Such cash-out payment will be made within a reasonable period after the Administrative Committee determines that a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order, or if later, when the terms of the qualified domestic relations order permit such a distribution. (See also Section 10.4.) If the terms of a qualified domestic relations order do not permit an immediate cash-out payment, the benefits will be paid to the alternate payee in accordance with the terms of such order and the applicable terms of the Plan.
(c)      Exception for Loans from the Plan . All loans made by the Trustee to any Participant or beneficiary will be secured by a pledge of the borrower’s interest in the Plan.
(d)      Exception for Crimes Against the Plan . The nonalienation requirements of subsection (a) hereof will not apply to any offset of a Participant’s Account, benefit, payments, proceeds or distributions under the Plan against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if:

71


(1)      the order or requirement to pay arises, on or after August 5, 1997, (i) under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan; (ii) under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA; or (iii) pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor and the Participant, or a settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant, in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of such subtitle by a fiduciary or any other person; and
(2)      the judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant’s benefits provided under the Plan.
15.2      Headings .
The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
15.3      Construction, Controlling Law .
In the construction of the Plan, the masculine will include the feminine and the feminine the masculine, and the singular will include the plural and the plural the singular, in all cases where such meanings would be appropriate. Unless otherwise specified, any reference to a Section, subsection or Article will be interpreted as a reference to a Section, subsection or Article of the Plan, as applicable. The Plan will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia and applicable federal laws.
15.4      Legally Incompetent .
The Administrative Committee may in its discretion direct that payment be made, and the Trustee will make payment on such direction, directly to an incompetent or disabled person, whether incompetent or disabled because of minority or mental or physical disability, to the guardian of such person, to any person having legal custody of such person, or to any person with whom such incompetent or disabled person lives, in each case without further liability with respect to or in the amount of such payment either on the part of any Participating Company, the Plan, the Administrative Committee or the Trustee.
15.5      Title to Assets, Benefits Supported Only By Trust Fund .
No Participant or beneficiary will have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund upon termination of his employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under the Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable under the Plan to such Participant or beneficiary out of the assets of the Trust Fund. Any person having any claim under the Plan will look solely to the assets of the Trust Fund for satisfaction. The foregoing sentence notwithstanding, each Participating Company will indemnify and save any of its officers, members of its board of directors or agents, and each of them, harmless from any and all claims, loss, damages, expense and liability

72


arising from their responsibilities in connection with the Plan and from acts, omissions and conduct in their official capacity, except to the extent that such effects and consequences will result from their own willful misconduct or gross negligence.
15.6      Legal Action .
In any action or proceeding involving the assets held with respect to the Plan or Trust Fund or the administration thereof, the Participating Companies, the Administrative Committee and the Trustee will be the only necessary parties and no Participants, Employees, or former Employees, their Beneficiaries or any other person having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan will be entitled to any notice of process; provided, that such notice as is required by the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Labor to be given in connection with Plan amendments, termination, curtailment or other activity will be given in the manner and form and at the time so required. Any final judgment which is not appealed or appealable that may be entered in any such action or proceeding will be binding and conclusive on the parties hereto, the Administrative Committee and all persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan.
15.7      Exclusive Benefit; Refund of Contributions .
No part of the Trust Fund will be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries, subject, however, to the payment of all costs of maintaining and administering the Plan and Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contributions to the Trust by a Participating Company may be refunded to the Participating Company under the following circumstances and subject to the following limitations:
(a)      Permitted Refunds . If and to the extent permitted by the Code and other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, upon the Participating Company’s request, a Contribution which is (i) made by a mistake in fact, or (ii) conditioned upon the deductibility of the Contribution under Code Section 404, will be returned to the Participating Company making the Contribution within one year after the payment of the Contribution or the disallowance of the deduction (to the extent disallowed), whichever is applicable.
(b)      Payment of Refund . If any refund is paid to a Participating Company hereunder, such refund will be made without interest or other investment gains, will be reduced by any investment losses attributable to the refundable amount and will be apportioned among the Accounts of the Participants as an investment loss, except to the extent that the amount of the refund can be attributed to one or more specific Participants (for example, as in the case of certain mistakes of fact), in which case the amount of the refund attributable to each such Participant’s Account will be debited directly against such Account.
(c)      Limitation on Refund . No refund will be made to a Participating Company if such refund would cause the balance in a Participant’s Account to be less than the balance would have been had the refunded contribution not been made.
15.8      Plan Expenses .

73


As permitted under the Code and ERISA, expenses incurred with respect to administering the Plan and Trust will be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent such costs are not paid by the Participating Companies or to the extent the Controlling Company requests that the Trustee reimburse it or any other Participating Company for its payment of such expenses. Upon request, the Trustee will reimburse the Controlling Company for its salary and other labor costs related to the Plan to the extent that such costs constitute proper Plan expenses. The Administrative Committee may provide for such expenses to be charged against earnings as provided in Section 7.4 and/or Forfeitures as provided in Section 5.6 or Participants’ Accounts (on a per capita basis, in proportion to the value of such Accounts or on any other basis permitted under the Code and ERISA). The Administrative Committee may provide for any expenses specifically attributable to an Account to be charged against such Account.
15.9      Satisfaction of Writing Requirement By Other Means .
In any circumstance where the Plan requires delivery of a written notice or other document, such requirement may be satisfied by electronic or any other means permitted under applicable law, pursuant to procedures and rules established by the Administrative Committee.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Controlling Company has caused the Plan to be executed by a duly authorized officer on the date written below.


AARON’S, INC.


 
 

 
By: /s/ James L. Cates
 
 
 
Title: Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Date: December 31, 2015





74



AARON’S, INC.
EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT PLAN

SCHEDULE A

PARTICIPATING COMPANIES
[see Plan Sections 1.30, 1.57 and 13.3]


Progressive Finance Holdings, LLC
Dent-A-Med, Inc.
Woodhaven Furniture Industries, LLC





A-1



AARON’S, INC.
EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT PLAN

SCHEDULE B

PAST SERVICE CREDIT
[see Plan Sections 1.83 and 1.84]


An Employee’s periods of employment with the following entities, prior to such entities becoming Affiliates, will be taken into account for eligibility and vesting purposes under the Plan subject to any restrictions described below:
1.
An Employee who was employed by Progressive Finance Holdings, LLC, as of the date the Controlling Company acquired Progressive Finance Holdings, LLC will receive credit under the Plan for his period of employment with Progressive Finance Holdings, LLC, prior to its acquisition by the Controlling Company, for all purposes under the Plan.
2.
An Employee who was employed by Dent-A-Med, Inc. as of the date Progressive Holdings, LLC acquired Dent-A-Med, Inc. will receive credit under the Plan for this period of employment with Dent-A-Med, Inc. prior to its acquisition by Progressive Finance Holdings, LLC, for all purposes under the Plan.


B-1


AARON’S, INC.
EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT PLAN

SCHEDULE C

TRANSFER ACCOUNTS
[see Plan Sections 1.77 and 4.2]


1.
None.


B-1



EXHIBIT 10.8

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
AARON’S, INC. EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT PLAN
(as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016)

THIS AMENDMENT to the Aaron’s, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) is made by the Administrative Committee of the Plan (the “Administrative Committee”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , Aaron’s, Inc. maintains the Plan for the benefit of eligible employees; and
WHEREAS , Section 13.1 of the Plan provides that the Administrative Committee has the authority to amend the Plan at any time; and
WHEREAS , the Administrative Committee has approved the amendment of the Plan to reduce the maximum percentage of a participant’s account balance and future contributions that may be allocated to the Aaron’s, Inc. stock fund to 10%, but allow existing investments in the Aaron’s, Inc. stock fund to remain in effect even if they exceed the new limit;
NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective October 4, 2016:
1.
Section 7.3(d) is amended to read as follows:
(d)     Restrictions on Investments . To the extent any investment or reinvestment restrictions apply with respect to any Investment Funds (for example, restrictions on changes of investments between competing funds) or as a result of depletion of cash liquidity within an Investment Fund, a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s ability to direct investments hereunder may be limited. A Participant or Beneficiary may not direct more than 10% of his future Contributions to be invested in the Company Stock Fund, and may not reallocate investments in his Account from other investments into the Company Stock Fund to the extent such reallocation would result in more than 10% of the Account being invested in the Company Stock Fund. Furthermore, a Participant or Beneficiary may be restricted from initiating transactions that affect investments in the Company Stock Fund to the extent the Administrative Committee deems appropriate for compliance with securities laws.
2.
Except as provided herein, the Plan will remain in full force and effect.


1



IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Administrative Committee has caused its duly authorized member to execute this Amendment on the date written below.

ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE
 
 

 
By: /s/ Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Name: Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Date: June 28, 2016


2



EXHIBIT 10.9

AARON’S, INC.
COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
(Effective May 4, 2016)

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Aaron’s, Inc. Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (this “ Plan ”) is to attract and retain highly-qualified individuals who are not employed by Aaron’s, Inc. (the “ Company ”) or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors and to provide such directors with rewards that motivate superior oversight and protection of the Company’s business. This Plan aligns the interests of the non-employee directors with the long-term interests of the Company’s shareholders by providing that a significant part of such directors’ compensation is directly linked to the value of the Company’s common stock.
2.      Definitions .
“Affiliate” means a corporation or other entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Company.
“Annual Retainer” means the annual fee payable by the Company to a Non-Employee Director with respect to his or her service as a member of the Board as in effect from time to time and as indicated in the attached Appendix I .
“Audit Committee” means the Audit Committee of the Board.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.
“Chair” means a Non-Employee Director occupying the seat of authority with respect to the Board or a Committee.
“Chair Quarterly Retainer” means the quarterly fee payable by the Company to a Chair with respect to his or her service as a Chair as in effect from time to time and as indicated in the attached Appendix I .
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Committee” means a standing committee of the Board.
“Committee Chair” means the Non-Employee Director serving as the Chair of a Committee.
“Common Stock” means the “common stock” of the Company as defined in the Equity and Incentive Plan.
“Company” means Aaron’s, Inc., a Georgia corporation, including its successors and assigns.

1


“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
“Effective Date” means the date as of which this Plan is adopted by the Board.
“Equity and Incentive Plan” means the Aaron’s, Inc. 2015 Equity and Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
“Fair Market Value” means “fair market value” as defined in the Equity and Incentive Plan.
“Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee” means the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board.
“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates.
“Plan” means this Aaron’s, Inc. Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as set forth herein, as it may be amended from time to time.
“Quarterly Payment Dates” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 of this Plan.
“Quarterly Retainer” means the quarterly fee payable by the Company to a Non-Employee Director with respect to his or her service as a member of the Board as in effect from time to time and as indicated in the attached Appendix I .
“RSU” has the meaning set forth in the Equity and Incentive Plan.
“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and all authoritative interpretive guidance issued thereunder.
3.      Administration . This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee which shall have the authority to construe and interpret this Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to this Plan’s administration and take any other actions necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan. The Compensation Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency or ambiguity in this Plan. The decisions of the Compensation Committee shall be final and binding on all persons. All expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
4.      Eligibility . Each Non-Employee Director shall be eligible to receive the compensation provided hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, Directors who are also employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates do not receive additional compensation for service as a director and shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan.

2


5.      Non-Employee Director Compensation .
5.1      Annual Retainers .
(a)      Each Non-Employee Director shall receive an Annual Retainer. The amount of the Annual Retainer shall be determined by the Board from time to time and be set forth in the attached Appendix I . The pro rata provisions of Section 7.1 hereof shall be applicable to any Annual Retainer.
(b)      The Annual Retainer shall be payable in shares of Common Stock, the number of which shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Annual Retainer by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the business day immediately preceding the payment date, rounded down to the nearest whole share. The vesting schedule(s) for such shares of Common Stock shall also be set forth in the attached Appendix I .
5.2      Quarterly Retainers .
(a)      Each Non-Employee Director shall receive a Quarterly Retainer. The amount of the Quarterly Retainer shall be determined by the Board from time to time and be set forth in the attached Appendix I . The pro rata provisions of Section 7.1 hereof shall be applicable to any Quarterly Retainer.
(b)      In addition to his or her Quarterly Retainer, any Non-Employee Director who is appointed as a Chair shall receive a Chair Quarterly Retainer for all quarters in which he or she serves in such capacity, except as set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.
(c)      Except as provided in Section 5.2(d) hereof, each Quarterly Retainer shall be paid in cash, in arrears, on the 10th business day after the end of each calendar quarter (“ Quarterly Payment Dates ”).
(d)      Each Non-Employee Director may elect to have the Company pay all or a portion of his or her Quarterly Retainer (and any Chair Quarterly Retainer) in Common Stock, in lieu of cash by submitting the form of election as set forth in the attached Appendix II . The number of shares of Common Stock paid to each electing Non-Employee Director shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Quarterly Retainer (and/or Chair Quarterly Retainer) by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the business day immediately preceding the Quarterly Payment Date, rounded down to the nearest whole share, and shall be paid/issued on the same schedule as Quarterly Retainers paid in cash. Any election by a Non-Employee Director to receive or not receive his or her Quarterly Retainer(s) in Common Stock must be made prior to the quarter for which cash payment or Common Stock issuance is desired, or as may be determined by the Compensation Committee from time to time. Any election must comply with all rules established from time to time by the Board, including any insider trading policy or other similar policy.
6.      Equity Compensation . Grants of equity awards made under this Plan (including elections to receive Common Stock in lieu of cash as set forth in Section 5.2(d) hereof) shall be made under the Equity and Incentive Plan as in effect from time to time, subject to all of the applicable terms and conditions thereof, and only to the extent that shares of Common Stock

3


remain available for issuance under the Equity and Incentive Plan. This Plan does not constitute a separate source of Common Stock for the payment of equity compensation hereunder. The terms of the Equity and Incentive Plan are fully incorporated into this Plan with respect to any equity compensation paid hereunder. In the event of any inconsistency between the Equity and Incentive Plan and this Plan with respect to equity compensation, the terms of the Equity and Incentive Plan shall control. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in no case shall any fractional shares of Common Stock be issued pursuant to this Plan. To the extent any fractional share of Common Stock would otherwise be issued pursuant to this Plan, such fractional share shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share.
7.      General Provisions .
7.1      Pro-Rata Payments . A Non-Employee Director (a) who is appointed to the Board after the commencement of a Board term (i.e., during the year, either before or after the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders) or (b) whose Board service terminates without cause prior to the expiration of a Board term (i.e., during the year, prior to the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders) shall receive pro-rated compensation.
7.2      Unfunded Obligations . The amounts to be paid to Non-Employee Directors under this Plan are unfunded obligations of the Company. The Company is not required to segregate any monies or other assets from its general funds with respect to these obligations. Non-Employee Directors shall not have any preference or security interest in any assets of the Company other than as a general unsecured creditor.
7.3      No Right to Continued Board Membership . Neither this Plan nor any compensation paid hereunder will confer on any Non-Employee Director the right to continue to serve as a member of the Board or in any other capacity.
7.4      Charitable Contributions . As a component of the Company’s overall charitable contributions practice, the Company may, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board, make a charitable contribution in honor of a director upon his or her retirement from the Board or at such other time as the Board shall deem appropriate or desirable.  Any contribution so made shall be payable in cash, the amount of which shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board, taking into account any factor the Board deems appropriate.  Such factors may include a director’s tenure and his or her accomplishments while serving on the Board.
7.5      Non-Assignment . Any and all rights of a Non-Employee Director respecting payments under this Plan may not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered in any manner, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and any attempt to do so shall be void.
7.6      Successors and Assigns . This Plan shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns.
7.7      Entire Plan . This Plan, together with the Equity and Incentive Plan, constitutes the entire plan with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior plans with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4


7.8      Compliance with Law . The obligations of the Company with respect to payments under this Plan are subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
7.9      Term of Plan . This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date and will remain in effect until it is revised or terminated by further action of the Board.
7.10      Termination and Amendment . The Board may at any time amend or modify this Plan in whole or in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or termination of this Plan may impair the right of a Non-Employee Director to receive any amounts accrued hereunder prior to the effective date of such amendment or termination.
7.11      Applicable Law . The law of the State of Georgia shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of law rules.
7.12      Section 409A . This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, to the extent applicable, and shall be interpreted accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representations or covenants that any compensation paid or awarded under this Plan will comply with Section 409A.
7.13      Withholding . To the extent required by applicable Federal, state or local law, a Non-Employee Director must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any withholding or similar tax obligations that arise in connection with this Plan.
7.14
     Severability . If any provision of this Plan shall for any reason be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Plan shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.
7.15      Headings . The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience and shall not affect the meaning of any of the provisions of this Plan.
[Signature page follows]



5



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan is executed as of May 4, 2016, the date the Board re-approved this Plan, to be effective as of May 4, 2016.

 
 
 
AARON’S, INC.

 
 

 
By: /s/ Robert W. Kamerschen
 
 
 
Title: EVP & General Counsel
 
 
 
 






Signature Page for the Aaron’s, Inc. Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors




Appendix I

Aaron’s, Inc. Compensation for Non-Employee Directors

Description
Amount 1
Comment
Annual Retainer – RSUs
$100,000
Issued on the first business day of the calendar year and vests on the one-year anniversary thereof.
In the event Board service begins after the commencement of a Board term (i.e., a new director is appointed during the year, either before or after the Company’s annual meeting), a pro-rata portion of RSUs will be granted, which will vest on the one-year anniversary of the first business day of the calendar year in which such director is appointed (i.e., at the same time as grants made on the first business day of the calendar year).
To the extent Board service terminates without cause prior to such one-year anniversary, a pro-rata portion of RSUs will accelerate and vest on the date such service terminates. Any RSUs that do not vest will be added back to the Equity and Incentive Plan’s share pool.
See Note 1 below and Section 7.1 of the Plan.
Quarterly Retainer – Cash
$18,750
Can make election to receive shares of fully vested Common Stock as set forth in Section 5.2(d) of the Plan.
1 Amounts to be prorated in the event Board service begins after the commencement of a Board term or terminates without cause prior to the expiration of a Board term. See Section 7.1 of the Plan.

AI-1



Aaron’s, Inc. Compensation for Chairs

Description
Amount 1
Comment
Board Chair –
Quarterly Retainer
$25,000
Amount is in addition to the quarterly cash retainer received by non-employee directors of $18,750 set forth above. Can make election to receive shares of fully vested Common Stock as set forth in Section 5.2(d) of the Plan.
Audit Committee Chair – Quarterly Cash Retainer
$5,000
Amount is in addition to the quarterly cash retainer received by non-employee directors of $18,750 set forth above. Can make election to receive shares of fully vested Common Stock as set forth in Section 5.2(d) of the Plan.
Compensation Committee Chair – Quarterly Cash Retainer
$3,750
Amount is in addition to the quarterly cash retainer received by non-employee directors of $18,750 set forth above. Can make election to receive shares of fully vested Common Stock as set forth in Section 5.2(d) of the Plan.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair – Quarterly Cash Retainer
$2,500
Amount is in addition to the quarterly cash retainer received by non-employee directors of $18,750 set forth above. Can make election to receive shares of fully vested Common Stock as set forth in Section 5.2(d) of the Plan.
1 Amounts to be prorated in the event Board service begins after the commencement of a Board term or terminates without cause prior to the expiration of a Board term. See Section 7.1 of the Plan.


AI-2



Appendix II

AARON’S, INC.
COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
ELECTION TO RECEIVE SHARES IN LIEU OF CASH
FOR QUARTERLY RETAINERS


To be effective for the 2016 term of the Board of Directors of Aaron’s, Inc. (“ Board Term ”), commencing January 1, 2016 and any future Board Term as provided below.

ELECTION TO RECEIVE SHARES

Pursuant to Section 5.2(d) of the Aaron’s, Inc. Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “ Plan ”), I hereby elect to receive all or a portion of my Quarterly Retainers (and all or a portion of my Chair Quarterly Retainer) (collectively, “ Cash Fees ”) as further set forth below in shares of the Company’s common stock (“ Shares ”) in lieu of cash in accordance with this election and the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

Quarterly Retainer Election
I hereby elect to receive _____% of the Quarterly Retainer(s) (and any Chair Quarterly Retainer) due to me on each Quarterly Payment Date in Shares having an equivalent value.

TYPE OF SHARES ISSUED

Shares issued in lieu of Cash Fees shall be fully vested and unrestricted shares of the Company’s common stock issued pursuant to this Plan and the Aaron’s, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“ Equity and Incentive Plan ”), as in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are not sufficient Shares available under the Equity and Incentive Plan for any reason, the Cash Fees will be paid in cash.

NUMBER OF SHARES

The number of Shares paid shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Cash Fees subject to the election by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the business day immediately preceding the payment date, rounded down to the nearest whole Share. Pursuant to Sections 5.2(d) and 6 of the Plan, the Company shall not issue any fractional Shares.


AII-1


DURATION OF ELECTION

I understand that this election will continue in effect (including future Board terms) until I timely submit a new election form modifying or revoking this election.

WITHHOLDING

I understand and agree that the Company may take such action as it deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any obligations it may have to withhold federal, state or local income or other taxes incurred by reason of payments made pursuant to this Plan.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and acknowledge and agree that this election is made pursuant to the Plan and is subject to all of the terms and conditions thereof.

I acknowledge that the Shares issued to me are also subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Equity and Incentive Plan as in effect from time to time and acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Equity and Incentive Plan.


Signature of Non-Employee Director: ______________________________________________

Printed Name:_________________________________________________________________

Date: ________________________________________________________________________






RETURN COMPLETED FORM TO:
John Karr



Accepted by Plan Administrator: ___________________________________________________

Printed Name:_________________________________________________________________

Date: _________________________________________________________________________


AII-2


EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-
 
I, John W. Robinson III, certify that:
 
 
 
 
1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Aaron's, Inc.;
 
 
 
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under my supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
 
 
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under my supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
 
 
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report my conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
 
 
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
 
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
 
 
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
August 4, 2016
/s/ John W. Robinson III
 
 
John W. Robinson III
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 







EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
 
I, Steven A. Michaels, certify that:
 
 
 
 
1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Aaron's, Inc.;
 
 
 
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
 
 
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
 
 
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
 
 
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
 
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
 
 
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 

Date:
August 4, 2016
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
Chief Financial Officer,
 
 
President Strategic Operations





EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John W. Robinson III Chief Executive Officer of Aaron's, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 that:

The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
Date:
August 4, 2016
 
/s/ John W. Robinson III
 
 
 
John W. Robinson III
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Steven A. Michaels, Chief Financial Officer of Aaron's, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 that:

The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
Date:
August 4, 2016
 
/s/ Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Steven A. Michaels
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer,
 
 
 
President Strategic Operations